District

Board of Education


SECTION L: EDUCATION AGENCY

LA
LAA*

LB
LBA*
LBB*

LC*

LD*

LE*
LEA
LEB
LEB-R
LEC
LEC-R

LF*

LG*

LH*

LI*

LJ*

Education Agency Relations Goals
Education Agency Relations Priority Objectives

Relations with Other Schools and Educational Institutions
Shared Services
Cooperative Educational Programs

Relations with Education Research Agencies

Relations with Cultural Institutions

Relations with Colleges and Universities
Student Teaching and Internships
Educational Options (Also IGCD)
Educational Options (Also IGCD-R)
Postsecondary Enrollment Options (Also IGCH)
Postsecondary Enrollment Options (Also IGCH-R)

County Education Agency Relations

State Education Agency Relations

Federal Education Agency Relations

Relations with Educational Accreditation Agencies

Professional Visitors and Observers

*These topics are not currently covered by Board policy.

Back To Top

File:  LA

EDUCATION AGENCY RELATIONS GOALS

The Board cooperates with other districts and with other local, state and regional agencies and organizations in the solution of educational problems of common concern.  This cooperation extends but is not limited to such areas as research, exchange of information and data, coordination of curriculum, coordination of school calendars and activities and construction of facilities which might be efficiently used on a cooperative basis.  To serve a broader area, the District may consider other activities.

In carrying out this policy, the Superintendent may include in his/her recommendations to the Board an evaluation of the desirability and feasibility of cooperation with other agencies in endeavors which could benefit the District.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

Back To Top

File:  LB

RELATIONS WITH OTHER SCHOOLS AND EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS

The Board cooperates with other districts and institutions of higher learning for such purposes as:

    1.    seeking solutions to educational problems of common concern;

    2.    offering supporting services of high quality to our students;

    3.    acquiring federal and state grants and

    4.    promoting local school system involvement in regional and state decision
           making.

This cooperation may extend to research, providing transportation for children to special schools and hospitals, coordination of curriculum, exchange of information and data, construction of facilities which may be effectively used on a cooperative basis, sharing of curricular offerings, cooperative purchasing and the coordination of school calendars and activities.  This cooperation may also extend to charter schools.

Before joining in any cooperative effort and to serve the best interests of the students, the Superintendent investigates and suggests cooperative ventures and provides the Board with supportive documentation prior to the time the Board is asked to act.

Community/Charter School

The Board considers applications for community/charter schools only if the applicant’s proposal contains detailed information addressing all the provisions contained in Chapter 3314 of the Ohio Revised Code.  Applications are available in the central office. 

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3311.19
                                           3313.841
                                           3314.03; 3314.05; 3314.07
                                           3315.09; 3315.091
                                           3323.09

Back To Top

File:  LEA

STUDENT TEACHING AND INTERNSHIPS

The Board recognizes the contributions student teachers and/or interns can make to the District and its responsibility to ensure high quality teacher training.  Therefore, the Board authorizes the Superintendent/designee to arrange for the annual supervision and training of student teachers and interns.

The importance of the teacher training function to the future of education and the need to ensure high quality performance in our schools require student teachers to be placed with experienced teachers of demonstrated competence.  While no staff members are required to supervise student teachers, it is expected that interested teachers volunteer for such duties.

The teacher training institutions should provide liaison personnel who discuss with the building principal and supervising teacher the broad objectives that the institution believes should be pursued.  Liaison personnel, subject to all school visitor rules and regulations, are free to visit the classrooms to observe the student teacher at work.

It is expected that the teacher training institution arranges the schedule of the student teacher to provide sufficient time in the classroom in order that continuity of experience for the student teacher and the District students is ensured.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    Fair Credit Reporting Act; 15 USC 1681 et seq.
                               ORC    109.57; 109.572
                                            2953.32
                                            3319.39
                                            Chapter 2944
                               OAC    3301-83-06

CROSS REF.:    GBQ, Criminal Record Check

Back To Top

File:  LEB (Also IGCD)

EDUCATIONAL OPTIONS

The Board recognizes that an effective educational program is one that provides opportunities for students to learn both within the classroom and for specific reasons beyond the traditional classroom and school day.  These expanded opportunities are viewed as educational options to supplement the regular school program.

The intent of educational options is to allow educators, other professionals, parents and others to work together to provide opportunities for students to learn in an independent or individual setting and to study or work with recognized experts in specific fields.  Educational options are seen as additional curricular opportunities to improve, expand and enrich student learning experiences and perspectives.

Independent study, distance learning, tutoring, mentoring and study abroad programs are representative of experiences which the Board views as educational options supplementing the regular school program.

Fees are established for educational options as needed.  Participating students are expected to pay fees upon beginning educational options.

The Superintendent develops regulations when the educational options are initiated.  Each program option developed is presented to the Board for adoption; its regulations are presented for approval.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    OAC    3301-35-01(B)(6); 3301-35-06

CROSS REFS.:    IGCB, Experimental Programs
                                IGCH, Postsecondary Enrollment Options (Also LEC)
                                IKE, Promotion and Retention of Students
                                IKF, Graduation Requirements
                               JN, Student Fees, Fines and Charges

Back To Top

File:  LEB-R (Also IGCD-R)

EDUCATIONAL OPTIONS

When initiated, educational options must adhere to the following criteria.

    1.    The parent(s) must provide written approval for students under 18 years of age
            to participate.  A copy of the written approval must be retained in the school
            files.  Students 18 years of age or older must submit a written request to
            participate.  This request is kept on file.

    2.    An instructional plan which contains written measurable objectives must be
           submitted to, and approved by, the Superintendent.  Instructional objectives
           must align with the District curriculum requirements.

    3.    The instructional plan includes an outline specifying major instructional activities
           and identifying materials, resources, facilities and equipment needed to
           achieve instructional objectives.

    4.    Promotion and retention decisions for students, kindergarten through eighth
           grade, participating in an optional instructional plan are based on student
           performance relative to the objectives of the option.

    5.    The instructional plan includes a written plan for the evaluation of student
           performance.

    6.    In tutorial and independent study programs, a certificated/licensed teacher
           provides both the instruction and evaluation of students.  In all other cases, a
           certificated/licensed teacher provides only the evaluation of student progress.

    7.    The written instructional plan includes a time for the evaluation of the
           educational option.  Continuance of the option is determined by the results of
           evaluation.

    8.    Outside of PSEO credits, a maximum of four credits may be applied to those
           required for graduation for grades 9 through 12.  No more than four will be
           applied to the credits required for graduation in English, health, mathematics,
           physical education and social studies.

    9.    Such courses and programs will not compete with courses offered within the
           regular program of studies unless such are not available for the student when
           needed or are not being taken for credit.

(Approval date:  October 21, 2004)

Back To Top

File:  LEC (Also IGCH)

POSTSECONDARY ENROLLMENT OPTIONS

The law provides for student participation in the postsecondary enrollment option program and permits 9th through 12th grade students to enroll at any participating college/university on a full- or part-time basis and complete nonsectarian courses for high school and/or college credit.

The Board directs the Superintendent or his/her designee to develop and establish procedures and necessary administrative guidelines to ensure that programs are in accordance with state requirements.

The administrative guidelines contain the following.

    1.    General information about this option is distributed to all 8th through 11th grade
           students and parent(s) by March 1.

    2.    Notification to participate by the student to the District is required by March 31.

    3.    Counseling services are provided to students and parent(s) prior to
            participation in the program.

    4.    The college/university must notify the District of those students who have
            enrolled in the program.

    5.    Information about enrollment options for students must be provided.

    6.    Information concerning college and high school graduation credit for students
           enrolled in the program must be offered.

    7.    The calculation of full-time enrollment including the maximum number of
           Carnegie units and conversion of college courses to high school courses is
            provided.

    8.    Financial responsibilities of the student and District, including tuition, books,
           materials, fees and transportation reimbursement, are discussed.

If a student is expelled from the District, the Board will deny high school credit for college courses taken during the period of the student's expulsion.

The Superintendent must send written notice of a student's expulsion to the college where the student is taking courses to receive high school credit.  The notice must state the date the expulsion is scheduled to expire and whether the Board has denied high school credit for postsecondary education courses taken during the expulsion.  If the expulsion period is extended, the Superintendent must notify the college of the extension.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3365.01-3365.15
                               OAC    3301-44-01 through 3301-44-09

CROSS REF.:    IGCD, Educational Options (Also LEB)

Back To Top

File:  LEC-R (Also IGCH-R)

POSTSECONDARY ENROLLMENT OPTIONS

The District is required to notify all 8th through 11th grade students and their parents about the postsecondary enrollment options by March 1 of each school year in which the student wishes to enroll.

Student and/or parent(s) are required to inform the Board of intent to participate by March 31 of the year in which the student wishes to enroll.  Failure of the student to inform the Board of intent to participate shall result in the Superintendent’s determining the student’s participation.

The District is required to provide counseling services to students prior to their participation in the program.  Counseling services are to include but not be limited to:

    1.    grade status as locally determined;

    2.    acceptance by college/university;

    3.    options required by State law;

    4.    financial arrangements for fees related to tuition, books and materials;

    5.    process of granting academic credits;

    6.    criteria for transportation aid;

    7.    available support services;

    8.    scheduling;

    9.    consequences of failing or not completing a course;

  10.    the effect of program participation on student’s ability to complete District
           graduation requirements;

  11.    academic and social responsibilities of students and parents relative to this
           program;

  12.    information/encouragement of college counseling services and

  13.    encouragement of all students exhibiting the ability to consider this program.

If the District does not receive notification of acceptance from the college within a reasonable time after application is made, the District shall contact the college.

The student may opt to receive college credit only or both college and high school credit.  The student must designate his/her choice at the time of enrollment.

If a student completes a college/university course, the Board shall award him/her appropriate credit toward high school graduation if, at the time of enrollment, he/she elects to receive credit for courses toward fulfilling the graduation requirements.

1 of 3

Back To Top

File:  LEC-R (Also IGCH-R)

High school credit awarded for courses successfully completed counts toward graduation requirements and subject area requirements.

    1.    The Board awards comparable credit for the course/courses completed at the
            college/university.

    2.    If no comparable course is offered, the Board grants an appropriate number of
           credits in a comparable area.

    3.    Any disputes between the student and the Board regarding high school credits
           granted for a course may be appealed by the student to the State Board of
           Education.

    4.    The student’s records must show evidence of successful completion of each
           course and the high school credits awarded.

    5.    Credits earned under the postsecondary enrollment program are included in the
           student’s grade-point average.  College credits count as the equivalent District
           grade.  If the District has a weighted grading system, the high school
           principal/designee determines the equivalent District grade for the college
           grade.

High School/College Enrollment

    1.    A 9th grade student may not receive credit toward high school graduation for
           more than the equivalent of four academic school years.

    2.    A 10th grade student may not receive credit toward high school graduation for
           more than the equivalent of three academic school years.

    3.    An 11th grade student may not receive credit toward high school graduation for
           more than the equivalent of two academic school years.

    4.    A 12th grade student may not enroll for more than the equivalent of one
           academic school year.

    5.    Proportionate reductions are made for any student who enrolls in the program
           during the course of a school year.

    6.    A student shall be enrolled for a minimum of four courses/classes per semester
           in order to be considered a full-time student for program purposes.

    7.    The maximum number of Carnegie units that may be earned during the
           academic year is the total of the high school courses and college courses.  The
           total may not exceed the number of courses for full-time status.

    8.    College courses for which five semester hours (7.5 quarter hours) are earned
           are awarded one Carnegie unit toward high school graduation credit.

2 of 3

Back To Top

File:  LEC-R (Also IGCH-R)

Financial Responsibilities

    1.    If a student elects to enroll for college credit only, the student is responsible for
           all costs associated with the course.

    2.    If a student elects to enroll for the combination high school/college credit, the
           District is responsible for all costs associated with the course.

    3.    If a student fails to complete the course due to class drop process or
           nonattendance, the student or parent(s) are responsible for all costs associated
           with the course.

    4.    The following process shall be used to collect all course costs.

            A.    The District may determine and accept other reasons, including medical
                    reasons, for failure to complete the course.

            B.    Students enrolled for the combination of high school/college credit are not
                    eligible for financial aid from the college.

            C.    Upon parental application and determination of need according to the
                    provision of The National School Lunch Act, a student enrolling for the
                    combination of high school and college credit in the program may receive
                    full or partial reimbursement for the necessary costs of transportation
                    between the secondary school which he/she attends and the
                    college/university in which he/she is enrolled.

            D.    Reimbursement for course costs, transportation costs or District liability
                    will not be made if the student enrolls in a college course while he/she is
                    also a full-time student in the District.

Other Considerations

    1.    A student enrolled in the program follows the District attendance policy, as well
           as the District Code of Conduct, for curricular and extracurricular activities. 
           These policies and codes are applicable during the time the student is
           attending high school and is on school property for any class or activity.

    2.    The student enrolled in this program must recognize that the master schedule is
            not altered or adjusted in order to permit enrollment.  Adjustments to individual
            schedules may be made by the school administration.

    3.    The District adheres to the Ohio High School Athletic Association for eligibility
            to participate in athletics.  In order to be eligible, the student must have passed
            five courses during the prior grading period.  The five courses may be a
            combination of high school and college courses.

(Approval date:  October 21, 2004)

3 of 3

Back To Top
 

SECTION K: SCHOOL-COMMUNITY RELATIONS

KA
KAA*

KB*
KBA
KBB*
KBC*
KBCA
KBCA-R
KBCB*
KBCC*
KBCD
KBCE*
KBD*
KBE
KBF*

KC

KD
KD-E

KE

KF
KFA*

KG
KG-R-1
KG-R-2
KGA*
KGB
KGC

KH

KI

KJ

KK
KKA
KKA-E


KL
KLA*
KLB
KLB-E
KLC*
KLD
KLD-R
KLD-1-E
KLD-2-E

KM*
KMA
KMB
KMC*
KMD*
KME*
KMF*
KMG*
KMH*
KMI*
KMJ*

KN*
KNA*
KNAA*
KNAB*
KNAC*
KNAD*
KNAE*
KNAF*
KNAG*
KNAH*
KNAI*
KNAJ*
KNAK*
KNAL*
KNAM*
KNAN*
KNAO*
KNB*
KNC*
KND*

School-Community Relations Goals
         School-Community Relations Priority Objectives

Public Information Program
         Public’s Right to Know
         School-Sponsored Information Media
         News Media Relations
                  News Releases
                  News Releases
                  News Conferences and Interviews
                  News Media Services at Board Meetings (Also BDDI)
                  Broadcasting and Taping of Board Meetings (Also BDDJ)
                  Sports and Special Events News Coverage
          Speaker Services
          Tax Issues (Also FD)
           Use of Students in Public Information Program

Community Involvement in Decision Making (Also ABA)

Public Participation at Board Meetings (Also BDDH)
Public Participation Form

Staff Participation in Community Activities (Also GBF)

Community Instructional Resources (Also IIC)
         Special Interest Materials (Also IIAD)

Community Use of School Facilities (Equal Access)
Community Use of School Facilities (Equal Access)
Community Use of School Facilities (Equal Access)
         Public Sales on School Property
         Public Conduct on District Property
         Smoking on District Property

Public Gifts to the District

Public Solicitations in the Schools

Advertising in the Schools

Visitors to the Schools
Recruiters in the Schools
Access to Student Information by Military or College Recruiters
Notice to Obtain Written Parental Consent

Public Complaints
        Public Complaints About Policies
        Public Complaints About the Curriculum or Instructional Materials
        Citizen’s Request for Reconsideration of Library/Curriculum Materials
        Public Complaints About Facilities or Services
        Public Complaints About District Personnel
        Public Complaints About District Personnel
        Public Complaint Form About School Personnel
        Public Complain About School Personnel

Relations with Community Organizations
        Relations with Parent Organizations
        Relations with Booster Organizations
        Relations with Neighborhood Associations
        Relations with Religious Organizations
        Relations with Youth Organizations
        Relations with Private Social Service Organizations
        Relations with Business Organizations
        Relations with Labor Organizations
        Relations with Political Organizations
        Relations with Indian Tribal Councils

Relations with Governmental Authorities
        Relations with Local Governmental Authorities
        Relations with Fiscal Authorities
        Relations with Taxation Authorities
        Relations with Election Authorities
        Relations with Anti-Poverty Authorities
        Relations with Housing Authorities
        Relations with Health Authorities
        Relations with Welfare Authorities
        Relations with Parks Authorities
        Relations with Recreation Authorities
        Relations with Law Enforcement Authorities
        Relations with Fire Authorities
        Relations with Civil Defense Authorities
        Relations with Environmental Authorities
        Relations with Planning Authorities
        Relations with Zoning Authorities
Relations with County Governmental Authorities
Relations with State Governmental Authorities
Relations with Federal Governmental Authorities

*These topics are not currently covered by Board policy.

Back to Top

File:  KA

SCHOOL-COMMUNITY RELATIONS GOALS

Staff members have a responsibility to promote good school-community relations.  The school-community relations program is directed by the Superintendent and is based upon the following principles.

    1.    The school-community relations program is a systematic, two-way process of
            communications between the District and the community.

    2.    The District may use media sources and other forms of communications
            available to effectively communicate with the citizens and employees.

    3.    Communications with the public should promote involvement, objective
           appraisal and support.

    4.    Communications should be internal as well as external and provide factual,
           objective and realistic data.

    5.    School communications should be responsive both to events as they arise and
           to evaluations of the process.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3315.07
                               OAC    3301-35-03(J)

CROSS REFS.:    AE, School District Goals and Objectives
                                KBA, Public’s Right to Know

Back to Top

File:  KBA

PUBLIC’S RIGHT TO KNOW

The Board supports the right of the people to know about the programs and services of their schools and makes efforts to disseminate appropriate information. Each building principal is authorized and expected to keep the school’s community informed about the school’s programs and activities. The release of information of Districtwide interest is coordinated by the Superintendent.

Business of the Board is discussed and decisions are made at public meetings of the Board, except such matters required to be discussed in private executive sessions.

The official minutes of the Board, its written policies, its financial records and all other public records are open for inspection in the central office during the hours when the administrative offices are open. 

The Board shall designate one or more persons to attend public records training on its behalf. The Board designates a designee every two years.

All records responsive to the request are made available within a reasonable period of time. The District makes the requester aware of any information that is exempt from disclosure requirements by notifying the requester of any redacted information or by making redactions in a plainly visible manner. If a public records request is denied, the District provides an explanation with legal authority for the denial of the request. This explanation is provided in writing if the request is made in writing or if the Superintendent/designee determines written explanation is necessary.

The District may ask that the requester’s identity and reason the information is sought be in writing. The District first informs the requester that such disclosure is not mandatory, unless the request is for student directory information. The District also informs the requester that providing such information in writing enhances the District’s ability to identify, locate or deliver the records sought. The District also may ask that the request be put in writing, but notifies the requester that it is not mandatory to do so.

Any individual who wants to obtain a copy of a public record may request to have the record duplicated on paper, on the same medium on which the record is kept or on any other medium the Superintendent/designee determines reasonable.  If the request is ambiguous or overly broad, the District informs the requester of the manner in which records are maintained and accessed in the ordinary course of business and allows the requester to revise the request.

1 of 2

Back to Top

File:  KBA

Records pertaining to individual students and other confidential materials are not released for inspection. Only that information deemed “directory information” may be released from an individual student’s file, and only after complying with the regulations prepared by the administration for the release of such information. Student directory information is not released when parents have affirmatively withdrawn their consent to release in writing. Student records that consist of “personally identifiable information” generally are exempt from disclosure.

The Superintendent/designee transmits the information sought by mail or by any other means of delivery requested, if the method is reasonably available. The number of mail requests sent to any one person is limited to 10 a month unless the person certifies in writing that the records, or the information in them, will not be used for commercial purposes.

A fee may be charged for copies and/or delivery. The District may require the fee charged for copies and/or delivery be paid in advance. The fee charged will only be the actual cost of making copies and/or delivery.

The Board’s public records policy is posted in a conspicuous location in the central office and in all other District buildings and employee handbooks provided by the District. The policy is distributed directly to the records custodian and receipt of the policy by the custodian is acknowledged. A copy of the records retention schedule will be maintained and readily available to the public in the central office.

For purposes of compliance with public records requests and training requirements of R.C. 109.43 and 149.43, the Board of Education delegates the Treasurer, or, in his/her absence, the person designated by the Treasurer.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]
[Revised:  September 20, 2007]

LEGAL REFS.:    Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act; 20 USC, Section 1232g
                              ORC    121.22
                                           149.43
                                           3319.321
                              OAC    3301-35-03

CROSS REFS.:    BDC, Executive Sessions
                                BDDG, Minutes
                                GBL, Personnel Records
                                GBS, Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPPA)
                                IGBA, Programs for Students with Disabilities
                                JO, Student Records
                                KA, School-Community Relations Goals
                                KKA, Recruiters in the Schools

2 of 2

Back to Top

File:  KBCA

NEWS RELEASES

The District is a public institution endeavoring to serve the educational needs of the community.  It is important that information be disseminated concerning school activities and problems.  The Superintendent develops procedures to provide wide coverage and to coordinate publicity which enhances the image of the District.

While it is impossible to know how news releases will be treated by the press, efforts should be made to obtain coverage of school activities that adhere to the professional and responsible image for the District.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3315.07
                               OAC    3301-35-03(J)

CROSS REF.:    EBD, Crisis Management

Back to Top

File:  KBCA-R

NEWS RELEASES

The procedures regarding news releases are as follows.

    1.    The Board President is the official spokesperson for the Board, except as this
           duty is delegated to the Superintendent or another Board member.

    2.    News releases which are of a Districtwide nature or pertain to established
           Board policy are the responsibility of the Superintendent or a designated
           member of the administrative staff.

    3.    News releases which are of concern to only one school, or to an organization of
           one school, are the responsibility of the principal of that particular school.

    4.    The Board expects the administration to maintain a vital and effective link with
            the media sources of the community.  This includes a variety of forms and
            forums.  This effort is directed by the Board President or his/her designee

(Approval date:  October 21, 2004)

Back to Top

File:  KBCD (Also BDDJ)

BROADCASTING AND TAPING OF BOARD MEETINGS

Photographic and electronic audio and video broadcasting and recording devices may be used at regular and special Board meetings legally open to the public according to the following guidelines.

    1.    Photographing, broadcasting and recording meetings are permitted only when
           all parties involved have been informed that cameras, broadcasting and/or
           recording devices are being used.

    2.    Persons operating cameras, broadcasting and/or recording devices must do
           so with a minimum of disruption to those present at the meeting.  Specifically,
           the view between Board members and the audience must not be obstructed,
           interviews must not be conducted during the meeting and no commentary is to
           be given in a manner that distracts Board members or the audience.

    3.    The Board has the right to halt any recording that interrupts or disturbs the
            meeting.

The Board may make the necessary arrangements to make audio recordings of all regular meetings and any special meeting that it deems appropriate.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    U.S. Const. Amend. I
                               ORC    121.22
                                            2911.21
                                            2917.12
                                            2921.31
                                            3313.20

Back to Top

File:  KBE (Also FD)

TAX ISSUES

The Board examines financial needs in advance of any levy or bond elections.  The Board provides the public with information on school building needs and on levy and bond elections.  It does not use District funds to promote approval of school-related tax issues.

Tax reduction factors are considered in coordination with the sexennial property appraisal in affected district counties.  In considering a potential tax issue, the Board examines all legal options to obtain additional revenue.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    Ohio Const. Art XII, Sections 2, 5
                               ORC    Chapter 133
                                            3311.21
                                            3313.37; 3313.375
                                            3315.07
                                            3501.01
                                            Chapter 5705
                                            5748.01 et seq.

CROSS REFS.:    BCF, Advisory Committees to the Board
                                FL, Retirement of Facilities

Back to Top

File:  KC (Also ABA)

COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT IN DECISION MAKING

Community participation in the schools is essential to promote and maintain the quality of education for all students. 

In addition to electing fellow citizens to represent them on the Board, all citizens may express ideas, concerns and judgments about the schools to the administration, to the staff, to any appointed advisory bodies and ultimately to the Board.  Ideas should be addressed to the responsible individual in an appropriate fashion.

Residents may be invited by the Board to act as advisors, individually and in groups, in such areas as:

    1.    clarifying general ideas and attitudes held by residents in regard to the schools;

    2.    developing Board policies under which the school system is to be managed;

    3.    establishing administrative arrangements and regulations designed to help
           implement these policies;

    4.    determining the purposes of courses of study and special services to be
           provided for students;

    5.    evaluating the extent to which these purposes are being achieved by present
           policies and/or

    6.    solving a specific problem or set of closely related problems about which a
           decision must be made.

The Board gives consideration to the advice it receives from individuals and community groups.  Final authority for all decisions rests with the Board.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    121.22
                               OAC    3301-35-03(J)

CROSS REFS.:    BCE, Board Committees
                                BCF, Advisory Committees to the Board
                                BCFA, Business Advisory Council to the Board
                                FL, Retirement of Facilities
                                IF, Curriculum Development

Back to Top

File:  KD (Also BDDH)

PUBLIC PARTICIPATION AT BOARD MEETINGS

All regular and special meetings of the Board shall be open to the public.  The presiding officer at the meeting shall recognize each speaker.  All speakers shall clearly identify themselves and group affiliation prior to their presentation.  Each speaker shall adhere to all rules of conduct and decorum established by the Board

The public is encouraged to refer school-related problems to appropriate school personnel rather than initiate these during Board meetings.

Comments and questions at regular meetings should address topics on the Board’s agenda.  Comments at special meetings must be related to the call of the meeting.

Permission to appear before a meeting of the Board is subject to the following rules:

1.    Unless granted permission by the Board, the time limit of presentation will not
        Exceed five minutes per individual and unless the Board has specified an open 
        hearing for the purpose of citizen participation, no more than one-half hour shall
        be devoted to public input at a regular or special meeting of the Board.  Persons
        desiring more time should follow the procedure of the Board to be place on the
        regular agenda.

2.    Participants must be recognized by the presiding officer and must preface their
       Comments by an announcement of their name, address, and group affiliation, if
       and when appropriate.

3.    Subject matter, other than that of policy, will be referred to the administration for
        Proper handling. All personnel complaints must follow Policy KLD (Public
        Complaints Against School Personnel) and the ensuring regulations.

4.    Subject matter must be limited to issues, without reference to personalities.
        Personnel matters are not appropriate topics to be discussed at regular Board
        meetings.  Decorum requires that such matters be entertained in executive
        session as arranged by the Board.

5.    The Board requires that participants be residents or employees of the District or
        the designee of such residents or employees.  Any representative of a firm
        eligible to bid on materials or services solicited by the Board is also entitled to
        express an opinion.

6.    The President of the Board may interrupt or terminate an individual’s statement
        When it is too lengthy, personally directed, abusive, obscene or irrelevant.  The
        Board as a whole will have the final decision in determining the appropriateness
        of all such rulings.

1 of 2

Back to Top

File:  KD (Also BDDH)

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    121.22
                                            3313.20

CROSS REFS.:    BCE, Board Committees
                                BD, School Board Meetings
                                BDDC, Agenda Preparation and Dissemination

[Adoption date: October 24, 2004]
[Revised  May 19, 2005]

2 of 2

Back to Top

File:  KD-E (Also BDDH-E)

MIAMISBURG CITY SCHOOLS

PUBLIC PARTICIPATION FORM

DATE ________________________________________

NAME _____________________________  PHONE NO. ____________________

ADDRESS ________________________________________________________

Organization you represent:

               “The public participation of the monthly public Board meeting is designed to
               allow an individual or organization the opportunity to address concerns to the
               Board for its consideration.  If an action is required by the Board, an agenda
               item must be submitted in writing to the Superintendent five days in advance
               of the meeting.

               All items submitted will be reviewed by the Board, during the public
               participation section, and assigned to the appropriate administrative Board
               level.

                Due to employee privacy rights, public commentary directed at specific
                employees is prohibited.  Such comments may be heard in executive
                session and the specific employee(s) may be present.

                 It is important to remember that Board meetings are open to the public but
                 one should not necessarily infer that they are public meetings in the sense
                 that any and all parties must be provided a forum to address special
                 interests.”

TOPIC:                                                                Please Explain:

______________________________    ________________________________

______________________________    ________________________________

______________________________    ________________________________

______________________________    ________________________________

______________________________    ________________________________

______________________________    ________________________________

______________________________    ________________________________

[Adoption date:  May 19, 2005]

Back to Top

File:  KE (Also GBF)

STAFF PARTICIPATION IN COMMUNITY ACTIVITIES

Employees are encouraged to live in the District and to participate actively in community affairs.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

Back to Top

File:  KF (Also IIC)

COMMUNITY INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES

Helping each student develop to his/her full potential and to become a citizen contributing to the welfare of the community are important objectives of the District’s educational program.  The Board encourages administrative and instructional personnel to rely on the community as one of its educational resources.  The administration directs community instructional resources designed to involve the citizens, institutions and environment of our community in the education of its children.

The Superintendent has supervisory control over community relations, which includes school volunteer service.  Members of the staff and of the community are encouraged to offer their ideas and services through the channels that the administration develops.

The Superintendent reports to the Board on the involvement and effectiveness of the community relations program.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3315.07
                               OAC    3301-35-06

Back to Top

File:  KG

COMMUNITY USE OF SCHOOL FACILITIES
(Equal Access)

Although the basic purpose of public school facilities is to provide the youth of the community a sound education program, the complete function of education is not achieved until the school facilities are made to serve the entire community.  To accomplish this objective, the Board shall, upon payment of the prescribed fee and subject to the requirements of applicable regulations, permit the use of school facilities for auxiliary, educational, recreational, cultural, civic, social, religious or other Board-approved purposes.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3311.215
                                            3313.75; 3313.76; 3313.77; 3313.79
                                            4303.26
                                            Title VIII, Section 801

CROSS REFS.:    KGB, Public Conduct on District Property
                                KI, Public Solicitations in the Schools

Back to Top

File:  KG-R-1

COMMUNITY USE OF SCHOOL FACILITIES
(Equal Access)

The Board encourages the proper community use of school facilities.  It is necessary, however, to ensure that such use does not interfere with regular school purposes, impose undue burden upon personnel or strain the limited funds allotted for building services and maintenance.  Therefore, the following regulations have been established.

Conditions Governing Use of School Facilities

    1.    An employee of the Board must be on duty whenever a school building or
           school stadium is used by an organization or group.

    2.    No building will be used for any money-raising activity unless the proceeds are
           for approved charitable, educational, character-building, or other community
           welfare purposes.

    3.    Out-of-school groups will not begin their activities until school is dismissed in
           the afternoon and the students have left the building.

    4.    No group will, under any circumstances, tamper with any electrical or heating
           controls.

    5.    Lunchroom kitchens shall be used only under the supervision of the lunchroom
           manager or designee, and groups using such facilities shall be required to pay
           the hourly rate established for such use.  PTO’s are excluded from this policy.

    6.    There will be no smoking or alcoholic beverages in any part of the building.

    7.    The assistant superintendent for business affairs/business manager reserves
            the right to require, if it should be necessary, that groups using the building post
            a cash bond to cover any damages that might be done to any property,
            equipment or grounds.

    8.    The procedure for use of the football stadium will follow the conditions outlined
            for the use of the buildings.  Special emphasis is to be given to providing adult
            supervision.

    9.    Special permission must be obtained from the assistant superintendent for
            business affairs/business manager prior to placement of decorations or
            scenery or moving of furniture.

             A.    Scenery or other property may not be stored in school facilities except on
                     a temporary basis and only with permission of the assistant
                     superintendent for business affairs/business manager.

1 of 4

Back to Top

File:  KG-R-1

   10.    School-sponsored student groups must have a staff member present at the
             activity.  Nonschool-sponsored student groups must have a staff member
             present or an adult approved by the assistant superintendent for business
             affairs/business manager.

    11.    Groups must present to the assistant superintendent for business
              affairs/business manager evidence of possession of liability insurance.  Said
              insurance certificate shall name the Board as an additional insured party and
              identify the effective policy dates.

Permits

A permit is necessary when a group or organization not part of the District wants to use a school building or grounds.  An applicant for a permit must assure the assistant superintendent for business affairs/business manager that the group/organization will comply with all regulations and will respect the property, equipment and grounds of the school.

A sponsoring organization or group will indicate that they:

    1.    intend to provide a program that will promote the welfare of the community and
           be for community purposes;

    2.    will guarantee orderly behavior;

    3.    will underwrite any damages due to their use of the premises;

    4.    will pay for the use of equipment, property or grounds at the established rates
           and

    5.    will present to the assistant superintendent for business affairs/business
           manager evidence of possession of liability insurance.

The following described activities are those that are permitted in school buildings or on school grounds without charge to the using organization or group.  The Superintendent or his/her designee is responsible for approving or disapproving requests for such use under his/her jurisdiction.

    1.    Permits are not required for activities such as school activities on school days
            that do not require the assignment of overtime to custodial personnel.  A permit
            is not required for the principal’s use of the building for such purposes as
            working in his/her office or holding conferences, small group meetings of
            faculty, parents, or students.  When the building is used without the services of
            the custodial staff, the principal or the assigned Board employee will be
            responsible for the care and security of the building.

    2.    A permit must be issued on a designated form.  The following conditions are to
           be observed:

            A.    Evening meetings must be planned to end by 10:00 p.m.

2 of 4

Back to Top

File:  KG-R-1

          B.    Fees will be assessed in accord with a schedule adopted annually by the
                  Board.  The Board has the authority to waive fees as they deem
                  appropriate.

          C.    Permission must be obtained from the assistant superintendent for
                  business affairs/business manager for the use and rearrangement of any
                  school equipment or furniture.  If such items are to be moved, they will be
                  moved by the using organization and replaced in the original location.

           D.    Should the District be required to replace equipment or furniture, the
                    organization will be charged for that service.

           E.    When food is served, care must be taken to see that the area used is left
                   as clean as it was before the meeting.

           F.    Service from the custodial staff is to be limited to admitting the organization
                  after its sponsor arrives, assisting the sponsor in an advisory capacity
                  concerning the facilities to be used, completing required, normal cleaning
                  duties in restrooms, halls, etc., and to closing up and properly securing the
                  facilities when the organization has left.

Processing the Permit Application

Application forms are available in the office of the assistant superintendent for business affairs/business manager.  The application of a community group for a permit to use a school building or facilities will be filed with the assistant superintendent for business affairs/business manager’s office at least two weeks prior to the date of the proposed use.

After the application is cleared by the building principal, it will be sent back to the assistant superintendent for business affairs/business manager to arrange for special custodial or kitchen help.  After checking for any type of District conflict on the composite calendar, the applicant will be notified of the approval or disapproval of the request.

Use of Special Equipment

Arrangements for the use of special equipment such as projectors, pianos, public address systems, scoreboard controls, or other equipment belong to a school must be made with the assistant superintendent for business affairs/business manager at the time application is filed.  The use of kitchen equipment for food preparation (i.e., ovens, fryers, etc.) will require the assignment of a lunchroom employee.

School equipment must be carefully maintained, accounted for and properly used since it involves considerable expenditure.  Therefore, it will be a general policy not to loan school equipment to outside groups.  An exception may be made if a staff member accompanies and operates the equipment and the request is approved by the assistant superintendent for business affairs/business manager.

3 of 4

Back to Top

File:  KG-R-1

Payments

Fees for facility usage must be paid by the applicant within 10 days of receipt of invoice.  Checks should be made payable to the Miamisburg City School District and should be sent to the office of the assistant superintendent for business affairs/business manager.

(Approval date:  October 21, 2004)
[Revised:  June 23, 2005]

4 of 4

Back to Top

File:  KG-R-2

COMMUNITY USE OF SCHOOL FACILITIES
(Equal Access)

Applicant’s Responsibilities

    1.    Application for facility usage will constitute acceptance by an applicant of the
           responsibility for complying with all rules and regulations regarding the use of
           school facilities as prescribed by the Board and the Superintendent.  In the
           event of damage, the applicant will accept the central office administration’s
           estimate of the amount of repair or replacement.

    2.    It is further agreed that the Board, its members, officers, employees and agents
           shall not be liable for any damage, claim, expense, loss to property or bodily
           injury (including death) to permittee, its associates, agents, exhibitors,
           participants, spectators or anyone else coming on such premises during
           permittee’s use thereof.  Permittee does herewith agree to indemnify and save
           harmless the Board, its members, officers, employees and agents from any
           damage, claim, expense, loss to property or bodily injury (including death)
           arising out of permittee’s use of such premises and adjoining grounds,
           walkways, driveways, halls, facilities, etc. whether caused by the permittee, the
           permitter or both.

    3.    It is further agreed that permittee shall maintain and keep in force during the
            term of this permit a policy of public liability insurance with limits of not less than
            one million ($1,000,000) dollars  per person and two million ($2,000,000) per
            accident. Said limits may be appealed to and modified by the Assistant
            Superintendent for Business. Such insurance shall be evidenced by a
            certificate of insurance furnished to the Board or its authorized representatives
            in advance of the event or activity for which use of the premises has been
            permitted. Such insurance shall name the Miamisburg Board of Eduction as an
            additional insured party, identify the effective policy dates and include a copy of
            the additional insured endorsement.

Facility Usage Expectations

    1.    Responsible adult supervision must be provided at all times.  Students/children
           are not permitted in the building without adult supervision.  Unassigned areas,
            i.e., extra classrooms, unattended hallways and extra restrooms are off-limits. 
            Parents are expected to supervise younger children that are present but not
            involved in the activity.

    2.     After being used, all equipment must be returned to its proper storage
            location.  All sports equipment such as basketballs, volleyballs, etc., are to be
            used only in the gymnasium.  Balls are not to be passed, bounced, etc. in the
            hallways.  School equipment not authorized for use should remain undisturbed.

1 of 2

Back to Top

File:  KG-R-2

     3.    Only proper soft-soled gym shoes are to be worn on the wooden gymnasium
             floors.

     4.     Only when sanctioned as part of a group’s activity or program should any food
             or drinks be carried into the school building.  No foods or drinks are permitted
             in the Memorial gymnasium, auditorium, senior high gymnasium, Medlar
             gymnasium or the Wantz gymnasium.

    5.    Board policy prohibits all use of tobacco in District buildings.  Adults are
           required to move away from the building to smoke.  Smoking is not permitted in
           entrance/exit areas or on patios just outside the doorways.

    6.    Supervisors/group leaders should inspect the building and equipment, including
           the hallways and restrooms when entering the facility and again at the end of
           their activity.  When breakage, damage, or any unusual condition is discovered,
           this must be reported to the custodian on duty and the building principal or
           Board office, as soon as possible.  Responsible individual or groups will be
           held financially accountable for all damages.

    7.    Projects, displays, bulletin boards, etc., represent significant effort by the
           students and staff.  Please guard these items from defacing alterations or other
           types of damage.

    8.    One set of restrooms for men and women will be available.  Both restrooms
           must be supervised.  Loitering in restrooms is not permitted.

    9.    All time schedules must be followed.  Students/children should not be arriving
           before proper scheduled time.  Proper supervision is a must under all
           circumstances.

  10.    Understand that school events have precedence over nonschool activities. 
           Games, plays, etc., do unavoidably run overtime.

  11.    All groups must recognize the responsibility and authority of designated school
           personnel.  Custodians, supervisors, and administrators will require
           cooperation and respect.

(Approval date:  October 21, 2004)
[ Revised June 23, 2005 ]

2 of 2

Back to Top

File:  KGB

PUBLIC CONDUCT ON DISTRICT PROPERTY

All persons on District grounds are expected to abide by applicable laws, local ordinances, Board policies and building regulations.

No person is permitted to bring a deadly weapon or dangerous ordnance into a school safety zone.

No person on District property may assault, strike, threaten, menace or use improper, indecent or obscene language toward a teacher, instructor, other employees of the schools or students.

No person may disrupt, disturb or interfere with the teaching of any class of students or any other activity conducted in a school building or upon the campus or grounds.

Whoever violates the above policy and building regulations will be asked to leave the property by whoever is in charge.  Should that person refuse, the law enforcement officials will be called.  If the offender should be a student, the person in charge should report the student to the appropriate principal.  The administration cooperates in any prosecution pursuant to the criminal laws of the state of Ohio and local ordinances.

Civility

It is expected that members of the District staff will treat parents and other members of the public with respect and have a right to expect the same in return.  The District must keep schools and administrative offices free from disruptions and prevent unauthorized persons and/or unruly or disrespectful persons from entering or remaining on school/District grounds.

Accordingly, this policy promotes mutual respect, civility, and orderly conduct among District employees, parents and the public.  We do not intend this policy to deprive any person of his/her right to freedom of expression.  Rather, we seek to maintain, to the extent possible and reasonable, a safe, harassment-free workplace for our students and staff.  In the interest of presenting teachers, administrators, and other employees as positive role models we encourage positive communication and discourage volatile, hostile, or aggressive actions.  The Board seeks public cooperation with this endeavor.

    1.    Disruptive Individual Must Leave School Grounds.  Any individual who disrupts
           or threatens to disrupt school/office operations, threatens the health and safety
           of students or staff, willfully causes property damage, uses loud and/or offensive
           language that could provoke a violent reaction, or who has otherwise
           established a continued pattern of unauthorized entry on District property will be
           directed by the principal or other chief administrative officer to leave school or
           District property promptly.

    2.    Directions to Staff in Dealing with Abusive Individual.  If any member of the
           public uses obscenities or speaks in a demanding, loud, insulting, and/or
           demeaning manner, the administrator or employee to whom the remarks are
           directed will calmly and politely warn the speaker to communicate civilly.  If the
           abusive individual at the meeting, conference, or telephone conversation is
           terminated; and, if the meeting or conference is on District premises, the
           employee shall direct the abusive individual to leave promptly.

1 of 2

Back to Top

File:  KLD

            If the conversation is by telephone, the District employee shall hang up.  Prior to
            terminating the conversation, the District employee shall inform the caller,
            parent, or other individual that the conversation may continue when that
            individual is prepared to act in a civil manner.

    3.    Provide Policy and Report Incident.  When a staff member determines that a
           member of the public is acting in an uncivil manner, the staff member shall notify
           the caller, parent, or other individual that they are in violation of Board policy. 
           When feasible, the offending individual will be provided with a written copy of
           this policy.  The staff member will then immediately notify his/her supervisor and
           provide a written report of the incident.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    2907.03
                                           2909.05-2909.07
                                           3313.20

CROSS REFS.:    KG, Community Use of School Facilities
                                KGC, Smoking on District Property
                                KK, Visitors to the Schools

2 of 2

Back to Top

File:  KGC

SMOKING ON DISTRICT PROPERTY

The Board is dedicated to providing a healthy, comfortable and productive environment for its staff, students and citizens.  Health professionals have determined that smoking and use of tobacco poses health hazards. 

Recognizing these health issues, the Board, in accordance with Chapter 3794 of the ORC, prohibits smoking and the use of tobacco on school managed property and in all District-owned, leased or contracted buildings and/or vehicles.

Citizens in violation of this policy will be directed to cease and/or directed to leave school property.

A notice to this effect is posted at the entrance to all school buildings and on all school managed property.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]
[Revised date:  December 21, 2006

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3313.20; 3313.47
                                            3791.031
                               Goals 2000:  Educate America Act
                               ORC 3794.01 – 3794.09

CROSS REFS.:    GBK, Smoking on District Property by Staff Members
                                JFCG, Tobacco Use by Students
                                KGB, Public Conduct on District Property

Back to Top

File:  KH

PUBLIC GIFTS TO THE DISTRICT

Gifts, grants or bequests will be accepted by the Board, provided the conditions of acceptance do not remove any portion of the control of the District from the Board.

Any person or organization desiring to give a gift or make a grant or bequest to the Board should contact the Superintendent who will submit the request to the Board.

Propositions giving funds, equipment or materials to the school with a “matching” agreement or restriction are discouraged.  Acceptance of donated equipment or materials may depend upon the compliance with or experience related to the Board’s policy of standardizing materials and equipment in the District.

Whenever the District has an established project, contributions that would reduce the cost or would hasten the completion will be welcome.

Gifts to Staff Members

Students, parents and other patrons of the District shall be discouraged from the routine presentation of gifts to District employees.

When a student feels a spontaneous desire to present a gift to a staff member, the gift shall not be elaborate or unduly expensive.

The Board shall consider as always welcome, and in most cases more appropriate than gifts, the writing of letters to staff members expressing gratitude or appreciation.

This shall not be interpreted as intended to discourage acts of generosity in unusual situations and simple remembrances expressive of affection or gratitude shall not be regarded as violations of this rule.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    9.20
                                           3313.36; 3313.47

CROSS REFS.:    BHD, Board Member Compensation and Expenses
                                FEE, Site Acquisition Procedures

Back to Top

File:  KI/KJ

PUBLIC SOLICITATIONS IN THE SCHOOLS/
ADVERTISING IN THE SCHOOLS

No person may sell or offer for sale within school buildings or on school property any articles or services or solicit contributions except those approved by the Superintendent or the Board.  No contact or business transactions (personal or private) by such persons or organizations will occur with District employees during normal working hours.  This policy does not prohibit any school fund-raising activity authorized by the Superintendent or other appropriate building administrator.

Salespeople representing educational companies may be granted the opportunity to speak to teachers by making arrangements through the principal’s office.  Such appointments must not interfere with the classroom work of the teachers.

The school directory or lists of students are not made available to any outside person or agency for a profit-making purpose.

No notices, advertisements or written matter of any nature on behalf of persons or organizations not officially connected with the schools will be distributed or displayed in any school building or on school property without the advanced written permission of the Superintendent or designee.  No notices or private business meetings, even by school personnel, will be allowed in school buildings after hours unless approved in advance by the Superintendent/designee and the building principal.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    2921.43; 2921.431
                                            3319.321

CROSS REFS.:    GBI, Staff Gifts and Solicitations
                                 JL, Student Gifts and Solicitations
                                 KG, Community Use of School Facilities (Equal Access)
                                 KK, Visitors to the Schools

Back to Top

File:  KK

VISITORS TO THE SCHOOLS

Instructional time is the foundation of the educational process and when used wisely is directly related to the increase of student achievement. The Miamisburg Board of Education is dedicated to protecting the quality and quantity of instructional time afforded our students. Interference and disruptions to instructional time are to be kept to a minimum. 

With the above premise in mind, the Miamisburg City School District welcomes authorized visitors and guests to visit our schools and classrooms to observe the work of the schools and to see the quality of education being offered to our students. In order to ensure minimum disruptions and interference to the school day, each visitor and guest should contact the building principal in advance (preferably 24 hours notice) to arrange the visitation schedule. This will allow for appropriate communications to staff members and if necessary, accessibility accommodations prior to the actual visitation. All efforts will be made to accommodate the requested date and times of the visit.

To assure no unauthorized persons enter our school buildings, all visitors and guests must report to the principal’s office to receive proper authorization and identification before visiting elsewhere in the building. (This policy does not apply when visitors and guests are invited to building-wide assemblies and programs.) Unauthorized persons will not be permitted in school buildings or on school grounds. Schools Principals are authorized to take appropriate action to prevent disruptive / unauthorized persons from entering and loitering on school grounds. School Principals are authorized to take appropriate action to remove those persons disruptive to the educational process. 

Unauthorized persons are not permitted in school buildings or on school grounds.  School principals are authorized to take appropriate action to prevent such persons from entering buildings and loitering on the grounds.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]
[Revised September 15, 2005]

LEGAL REF.:    ORC    3313.20

CROSS REFS.:    BG, Board-Staff Communications (Also GBD)
                                KGB, Public Conduct on District Property
                                KI, Public Solicitations in the Schools

Back to Top

File:  KKA

RECRUITERS IN THE SCHOOLS

All recruiters, military, nonmilitary, commercial and educational, are treated uniformly in the conduct of on-campus student recruitment.  Scheduling of recruiting visits to the District is announced to the student body in advance.  Recruiters are afforded the opportunity to conduct meetings during the school day with those students who are interested.

All group meetings are to be scheduled through the principal’s office.  Classroom teachers who schedule recruiters as a career awareness activity should coordinate these activities through the appropriate building administrator.

In order to maintain the privacy of its students, the Board prohibits the disclosure of any student list to any commercial organization which intends to use the list for commercial purposes.  “Student list” is defined as Board-approved directory information.  “Commercial organization” is defined as any entity which is a for-profit organization.  “Commercial purpose” is defined as any activity which is an attempt to solicit business for profit.  The Superintendent shall establish a procedure to be followed by all corporation employees when a request for a student list is made by a commercial organization.

Names and addresses of students in grades 10 through 12 must be released to a recruiting officer of the armed forces unless a parent or student (age 18 or older) submits a written request not to release the information.

Adoption Date:    September 15, 2005

LEGAL REFS:    The Elementary and Secondary Education Act; 20 USC 1221 et
                              Seq.  Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act; 20 USC Section
                              1232G
                              ORC    149.41; 149.43
                                           1347.01 et seq.
                                           3317.031
                                           3319.32; 3319.321; 3319.33
                                           3321.12; 3321.13
                                           3331.13

CROSS REFS:    JO, Student Records
                               KBA, Public’s Right to Know

Back to Top

File KKA-E

Miamisburg City School District
Access to Student Information by Military or College Recruiters
Notice to Obtain Written Parental Consent

Student:  ___________________________  Date of Birth:  ___________________

School:  ___________________________  Date:  __________________________

Dear Parent/Guardian and Secondary Students:

Our district receives funds from the federal government under the No Child Left Behind Act of 2001.  These funds are used in a variety of ways to provide additional help to students in greatest academic need.  The law also requires that districts receiving these funds must, upon request, provide to military recruiters, colleges and universities, access to the names, addresses and telephone listings of secondary students.

It is important for you to know that a secondary school student or his/her parent or guardian may request that the student’s name, address, and telephone number not be released by the district without proper written parental consent.  If you would like to make such a request, please complete the following and return it to your child’s school.  If you do not return the form, your child’s directory information will automatically be released if requested by a military recruiter, college or university.

Parent or Guardian:  Please complete this section and return the entire form to your child’s school.
Use a separate form for each child.

_________________________________________________________________

Military Recruiters (please check one):

___   Do not release my secondary student’s information to military recruiters at any time.

___   I consent to the district releasing my secondary student’s information to a military recruiter.

Colleges, Universities, or Institutions of Higher Learning (please check one):

___   Do not release my secondary student’s information to colleges, universities or other institutions of higher learning at any time.

___   I consent to the district releasing my secondary student’s information to colleges, universities or other institutions of higher learning.

Parent Signature:  __________________________  Date:  ___________________

Adult Student Signature:  _____________________  Date:  ___________________

                                                  OFFICE USE ONLY
__________________________________________________________________

Student ID#                             Date Distributed                       Date Received   

Back to Top

File:  KL

PUBLIC COMPLAINTS

Constructive criticism of the District is welcomed by the Board.  Although no member of the community is denied the right to bring his/her complaints to the Board, he/she is referred to the proper administrative channels for solution before investigation or action by the Board.  Exceptions may be made when the complaints concern Board actions or Board operations.

The Board believes that complaints and grievances are best handled and resolved as close to their origin as possible.  The staff should be given the opportunity to consider the issues and attempt to resolve the problems prior to involvement by the Board.  The proper channeling of complaints involving instruction, discipline or learning materials is employee, principal, the Superintendent and then the Board.

If a complaint, which was presented to the Board and referred through the proper channels, is resolved before it comes back to the Board, a report of the disposition of the matter is made to the Board and then placed in the official files.

The Board expects the staff to receive complaints courteously and to make a proper reply to the complainant.

Matters referred to the Superintendent and/or Board must be in writing and are expected to be specific in terms of the action desired.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REF.:    ORC    121.22

CROSS REFS.:    KLB, Public Complaints About the Curriculum or Instructional Materials
                                KLD, Public Complaints About District Personnel

Back to Top

File:  KLB

PUBLIC COMPLAINTS ABOUT THE CURRICULUM OR INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS

The Board recognizes the need and right of students to free access to many different types of books and materials.  It also recognizes the right of the certificated staff to select books and other materials supportive of the District's educational philosophy and goals.

Criticism of a book or other materials used in the schools may be expected from time to time.  In such instances:

    1.    If a parent/guardian requests that his/her own child not read a given book, the
           teacher and/or school administrator should resolve the situation.

    2.    The Board will not permit any individual or group to exercise censorship over
            instructional materials and library collections, but recognizes that at times a
            reevaluation of certain material may be desirable.  Should an individual or
            group ask to have any book or other material withdrawn from school use, these
            guidelines will be followed:

Processing Complaints Regarding the Use of Instructional Materials

    1.    When a complaint is received regarding the use of instructional materials in a
           specific school, the teacher shall be notified of the complaint and its source.

    2.    The principal shall contact the complainant, and if possible, resolve any
           misunderstanding.  If the complainant requests withdrawal of a book or use of
           other instructional media, the teacher shall provide the complainant with a copy
           of the District's request for reconsideration form and an explanation of the
           procedures for registering the complaint.

    3.    The request for reconsideration form, when completed by the complainant, shall
            be given by the complainant to the building principal, who will forward such
            complaint to the chairperson of the Instructional Materials Committee for
            review, with a copy to the Superintendent.

    4.    Instructional Materials Committee

            A.    Membership

                    The committee shall consist of the following representative members of the
                    District's staff appointed by the Superintendent or designee:

                    1)    one elementary or one secondary principal or assistant principal;
                    2)    one elementary or one secondary teacher and
                    3)    one elementary or one secondary media specialist.

Back to Top

File:  KLB

           B.    Selection of and Responsibilities of Committee Chairperson

                   1)    The committee chairperson shall be selected by the Superintendent or
                           designee.
                   2)    Responsibilities shall include:

                          a.    Call meetings to hear complaints within 10 school days of receipt
                                 of complaint.
                          b.    Preside at a hearing on the complaint.
                          c.    Cause a written record to be maintained on all decisions made by
                                 the committee.
                         d.    Cause the complainant to be provided with a written response
                                 within 10 school days following such hearing, stating the decision
                                and reasons therefore, with a copy to the Superintendent.

    5.    No restriction shall be placed upon the use of such material until and unless the
           final decision of the Instructional Materials Committee deems such restriction
           and/or removal to be necessary.

The Board assumes final responsibility for all books and instructional materials it makes available to students and it holds its certificated staff accountable for their proper selections.  The Board also recognizes the rights of individual parents with respect to controversial materials used by their own children and will provide for the reevaluation of materials in library collections upon formal request.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    121.22
                                            3329.07; 3329.08; 3329.09

CROSS REFS.:    IIA, Instructional Materials
                                IIAA, Textbook Selection and Adoption
                                IIAC, Library Materials Selection and Adoption
                                INB, Teaching About Controversial Issues
                                KL, Public Complaints
                                KLD, Public Complaints About District Personnel

2 of 2

Back to Top

File:  KLB-E

CITIZEN’S REQUEST FOR RECONSIDERATION OF
LIBRARY/CURRICULUM MATERIALS

Back to Top

                    File:  KLD

PUBLIC COMPLAINTS ABOUT DISTRICT PERSONNEL

Complaints about personnel are investigated fully and fairly.  Before any such complaint is investigated, it must be submitted in writing and signed.

Whenever a complaint is made directly to the Board as a whole or to a Board member as an individual, it is referred to the school administration for study and possible solution.

The Superintendent develops, for approval by the Board, procedures that ensure prompt and fair attention to complaints against school personnel.  The procedure requires that an employee who is the object of a complaint be informed promptly and be afforded the opportunity to present the facts as he/she sees them.

If it appears necessary, the administration, the person who made the complaint or the employee involved may request an executive session of the Board for a formal hearing.  Statutory restrictions on executive sessions are observed.  Any Board action on the matter is taken in public session.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    121.22
                                            149.43

CROSS REFS.:    BDC, Executive Sessions
                                BDDH, Public Participation at Board Meetings (Also KD)
                                GBL, Personnel Records
                                KL, Public Complaints
                                KLB, Public Complaints About the Curriculum or Instructional Materials

CONTRACT REFS.:    Teachers’ Negotiated Agreement
                                       Classified Staff Negotiated Agreement

Back to Top

File:  KLD-R

PUBLIC COMPLAINTS ABOUT DISTRICT PERSONNEL

The following procedures are to ensure that a citizen’s complaint is given due consideration and attention.  Complainants utilizing this process are restricted to criticisms of particular school employees by a citizen/parent of the District.  Levels of the complaint process are:

Informal Level:

Concerns/Complaints are first to be presented and discussed with the person against whom it is directed.  Either party may request to have the building principal or a counselor present.  Each party is to listen carefully to each other and resolve the difficulty through dialogue, a respectful understanding of each side’s point of view and the educational value and purpose of the action(s).  If the complainant remains dissatisfied, the employee will refer the complainant to the building principal or immediate supervisor.

Formal – Building Level:

If the informal conference has been held with no resolution or if the complainant comes first to the building principal or supervisor, the complainant will be required to complete the Public Complaint Form and submit the completed form to the building principal or supervisor in a timely manner.  The employee will be informed about the nature of the complaint by the building principal or supervisor.  If the complaint is not submitted in writing, the building principal or supervisor may or may not take any further action.

Following the submission of the written complaint, the building principal and/or supervisor will investigate the nature of the complaint, conference with the complainant and meet with the employee involved and any other personnel who may contribute to the resolution/disposition of the complaint.  Such actions will be put in writing by the building administrator/supervisor of the Public Complaint Form.

The employee will receive a copy of the completed form by the building administrator/supervisor.

Formal – District Level:

If the complainant remains dissatisfied, the complainant will request in writing that the building administrator or supervisor forward the Public Complaint Form to the Director of Education for review.  (If the Director of Education has been involved at the Formal Building Level, the Director of Human Resources will preside.)  The Director will investigate, may conference with all or some of the parties involved and arrive at a resolution or disposition.  The final resolution/disposition rests at the District level.  A copy of the disposition will be given to all parties involved. 

(Approval date:  October 21, 2004)

Back to Top

File:  KLD-1-E

MIAMISBURG CITY SCHOOLS

Public Complaint Form
About School Personnel

 

Back to Top

File:  KLD-2-E

MIAMISBURG CITY SCHOOLS

PUBLIC COMPLAINT ABOUT SCHOOL PERSONNEL

Back to Top

File:  KMA

RELATIONS WITH PARENT ORGANIZATIONS

The Board supports all organizations of parents whose objectives are to promote the educational experiences of District students.  However, in using the name of the District or its schools and in organizing a group whose identity derives from a school(s) of the District, parental organizations share responsibility with the Board for the welfare of participating students.

Parent organizations desiring to use the name or offices of the District to organize students must obtain the approval of the Board as a prerequisite. 

Principals and staff members need to work closely with the officers of all parent organizations to provide a sustained system of activities that increase and enhance the educational opportunities for students.  The activities must be integrated and balanced in accordance with the total District educational program and District goals and objectives and must comply with all state and local laws and regulations.

Parent organizations that wish to construct anything on school property must have the permission of the Board in advance of the construction project.  The organization must provide the Board, in writing, proof of financial stability and that funds are available for the construction project.

Acceptance of donated equipment or materials may depend upon the compliance with, or experience related to, the Board’s policy of standardizing materials and equipment.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REF.:    ORC    3313.20

CROSS REFS.:    AE, School District Goals and Objectives
                                KH, Public Gifts to the District
                                KI, Public Solicitations in the Schools
                                KJ, Advertising in the Schools
                                KMB, Relations with Booster Organizations

Back to Top

File: KMB

RELATIONS WITH BOOSTER ORGANIZATIONS

The Board recognizes that the endeavors and objectives of booster organizations can be a valuable means of stimulating interest and endorsement of the aims and achievements of the District.

Booster-proposed plans, projects or activities must be evaluated and promoted in light of their stated contribution to the curricular as well as the extracurricular programs of the District.  Careful consideration must be given to the total value of all students, rather than to specific elements such as teams and band participants.  Care must be taken to avoid compromising or diluting the responsibility and authority of the Board. 

Booster organizations must abide by all District policies and rules as well as the following list.

1.    Booster organizations shall not use the school’s tax ID number.

2.    Booster organizations shall not accept checks made out to the school and vice
       versa.

3.    District officials shall not have a leadership role in booster organizations.

4.    Fund-raising activities shall not occur on school premises or during school hours
       unless permission has been given by the Superintendent/designee.

5.    Documentation on ownership of property and fund-raising activities is required.

6.    The use of the District name and emblems must be authorized.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REF.:    ORC    3313.20

CROSS REFS.:    IGDG, Student Activities Funds Management
                                IGDH, Contests for Students
                                KG, Community Use of School Facilities (Equal Access)
                                KGB, Public Conduct on District Property
                                KK, Visitors to the Schools
                                KMA, Relations with Parent Organizations

Back to Top

SECTION I: INSTRUCTION

IA
IAA

IB

IC
ICA
ICB*

ID

IE

IF
IFA*
IFB*
IFC*
IFD
IFE*

IG*
IGA*
IGAA*
IGAB
IGAC
IGAD
IGADA*
IGAE
IGAF*
IGAG
IGAH
IGAI
IGAJ*
IGB*
IGBA
IGBA-E
IGBA-R
IGBAB
IGBAB-1-R
IGBAB-2-R
IGBB
IGBC*
IGBD*
IGBE
IGBF*
IGBG
IGBH
IGBI
IGBJ
IGBJ-R
IGBK*
IGBL
IGBM
IGBM-R
IGC*
IGCA
IGCB
IGCC*
IGCD
IGCD-R
IGCE*
IGCF
IGCF-R
IGCG
IGCH
IGCH-R
IGCI
IGD
IGDA*
IGDB
IGDC
IGDD*
IGDE*
IGDF
IGDF-R
IGDF-E
IGDG
IGDG-R
IGDH*
IGDI*
IGDJ
IGDJA*
IGDK
IGE
IGEA*
IGEB*
IGEC*
IGED
IGED-R
IGEE

IH*
IHA
IHB
IHC*
IHD*
IHE*
IHF*
IHG*
IHH
IHHA*
IHI*
IHIA*
IHJ*
IHK*
IHL*

II*
IIA
IIAA
IIAB*
IIAC
IIAD*
IIB*
IIBA*
IIBB*
IIBC*
IIBD*
IIBDA*
IIBE*
IIBF*
IIBG*
IIBH

IIC
IICA
IICA-E
IICA-R
IICA-R-2

IICB*
IICC

IJ

IK
IKA
IKAA*
IKAB
IKAB-R
IKAC*
IKAD*
IKB
IKB-R
IKC*
IKD*
IKE
IKEA*
IKEB

IKF
IKFA*
IKFB
IKFC*

IL
IL-R
ILB*
ILC*

IM

IN*
INA
INB
INC*
IND
IND-E/INDA-E
INDA
INDB*
INE*
INF*
ING
ING-R
INH*

Instructional Goals
        Instructional Objectives

Academic Freedom

School Year
        School Calendar
        Extended School Year

School Day

Organization of Facilities for Instruction

Curriculum Development
         Curriculum Research
         Pilot Projects
         Pilot Project Evaluation
        
Curriculum Adoption
         Curriculum Guides and Course Outlines

Curriculum Design
         Basic Curricular Program
                  Citizenship Education
                 
Human Relations Education
                  Teaching About Religion
                  Occupational Education (Career and Technical Education)
                  Work-Experience Opportunities
                 
Health Education
                  Physical Education
                 
Drugs, Alcohol and Tobacco Education
                  Family Life Education
                  Sex Education
                  Driver Education
         Special Instructional Programs and Accommodations
                 
Programs for Students with Disabilities
                  Programs for Students with Disabilities   
                  Programs for Students with Disabilities
                 
Section 504 Policy Statement
                  Section 504
                  Section 504
                 
Programs for Gifted and Talented Students
                  Programs for Disadvantaged Students
                  Programs for Pregnant Students
                 
Remedial Instruction
                  Bilingual Instruction
                 
Home-Bound Instruction
                  Alternative School Programs
                  English as a Second Language (Limited English Proficiency)
                  Title I Programs
                  Title I Programs (Public School Choice)
                   Latchkey Program
                  
Parental Involvement in Education
           Extended Instructional Programs
           Credit Flexibility
           Credit Flexibility
                  
Summer Schools
                   Experimental Programs
                   Honors Program
                  
Educational Options (Also LEB)
                   Educational Options (Also LEB-R)
                   School Camps
                  
Home Education
                   Home Education
                  
Preschool Program
                   Postsecondary Enrollment Options (Also LEC)
                   Postsecondary Enrollment Options (Also LEC-R)
                  
Community Service
          Cocurricular and Extracurricular Activities
                  Student Organizations
                 
Student Publications
                  Student Social Events
                  Student Performances
                  Student Activities Fees
                 
Student Fund-Raising Activities
                  Student Fund-Raising Activities (IGDF-R)
                  Fund Raiser Request Form
                 
Student Activities Funds Management
                  Student Activities Funds Management
                  Contests for Students
                  Intramural Programs
                 
Interscholastic Athletics
                          Drug Testing of Students in Interscholastic Athletics
                 
Interscholastic Extracurricular Eligibility
           Adult Education Programs
                  Adult Basic Education
                  Adult High School Programs
                  Adult Occupational Education
                 
Diploma of Adult Education
                  Diploma of Adult Education
                 
Awarding of High School Diplomas to Veterans of War

Instructional Arrangements
         
Grouping for Instruction
          Class Size
          Scheduling for Instruction
          Student Schedules and Course Loads
          Team Teaching
          Differentiated Staffing
          Independent Study
         
Individualized Instruction
                  Individual Help
          Contracting for Instruction
                  Performance Contracting
           Minicourses
           Open Classrooms
           Nongraded Classrooms

Instructional Resources
         
Instructional Materials
                  Textbook Selection and Adoption
                  Supplementary Materials Selection and Adoption
                 
Library Materials Selection and Adoption
                  Special Interest Materials (Also KFA)
           Instructional Services
                   Teacher Aides
                   Resource Teachers
                   Instructional Materials Centers
                   School Libraries
                           Professional Libraries
                    Instructional Television
                    Instructional Radio
                    Computer-Assisted Instruction
                   
District Web Site Publishing

            Community Instructional Resources (Also KF)
                     Field Trips
                     Field Trips   
                     Field Trips
                     Request For Overnight/Extended Student Trips (200 miles from Miamisburg
                     and also out of State)
                     Community Resource Persons
                    
School Volunteers

Guidance Program

Academic Achievement
          Grading Systems
                     Final Examinations
                    
Student Progress Reports to Parents
                     Student Progress Reports to Parents
                     Student Conferences
                     Parent Conferences
         
Homework
          Homework
          Class Rankings
          Honor Rolls
         
Promotion and Retention of Students
                     Make-Up Opportunities
                    
Policy on Academic Acceleration, Early Entrance to Kindergarten, and Early
                     High School Graduation
         
Graduation Requirements
                     Early Graduation
                    
Graduation Exercises
                     Graduate Competency

Testing Programs
          Testing Programs
          Test Administration
           Use and Dissemination of Test Results


Evaluation of Instructional Programs (Also AFE)

Miscellaneous Instructional Policies
         
Teaching Methods (Lesson Plans)
          Teaching About Controversial Issues
          Controversial Speakers
         
School Ceremonies and Observances
          School Ceremonies and Observances/Patriotic Exercises
                    
Patriotic Exercises
                     Flag Displays
           Assemblies
           School Fairs
          
Animals in the Schools
           Animals in the Schools
           Class Interruptions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*These topics are not currently covered by Board policy.

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IA

INSTRUCTIONAL GOALS

The goals of the instructional program are considered guides rather than limits which are flexible enough to meet the changing needs of both students and society for all grade levels and subject areas.

The District’s instructional goals include:

    1.    helping meet the physical, intellectual and emotional needs of students,
           particularly the need to inquire, learn, think and create;

    2.    helping students establish aesthetic, moral and ethical values;

    3.    helping students relate satisfactorily to others in circumstances involving their
           families, work, government and recreation;

    4.    giving students a mastery of the basic skills of learning, thinking, problem
           solving, reading, writing and computation;

    5.    teaching students to use the various media of self-expression;

    6.    instilling in students a knowledge of the social and natural sciences;

    7.    acquainting students with the richness of the national heritage;

    8.    stimulating students to work productively in the various areas of human
           endeavor and

    9.    acknowledging the importance of, and relating appropriately to, the home and
           other social agencies in developing the habits and attitudes which make for
           effective personal living and the maintenance of optimum physical and mental
           health.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    Ohio Const. Art. VI, Section 2
                               OAC    3301-35-06

CROSS REFS.:    ADA, Educational Philosophy
                                AE, School District Goals and Objectives
                                AFE, Evaluation of Instructional Programs (Also IM)
                                AFI, Evaluation of Educational Resources
                                Continuous Improvement Plan

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IAA

INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES

Instructors shall identify skills, knowledge and attitudes crucial to the student’s successful movement to the next level of learning within each subject area and at each grade level.

Curriculum is developed and implemented according to the requirements established by the Ohio Administrative Code.

Courses of study are reviewed and updated as needed under the supervision of the Superintendent/designee.  This evaluation considers the achievement of learning objectives and learning outcomes.  This evaluation promotes and guides appropriate revision and updating.  The evaluated course of study is presented to the Board for adoption or re-adoption.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    OAC    3301-35-04; 3301-35-06

CROSS REFS.:    ADA, Educational Philosophy
                                AE, School District Goals and Objectives
                                AFE, Evaluation of Instructional Programs (Also IM)
                                IA, Instructional Goals

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IB

ACADEMIC FREEDOM

Public education in a pluralistic society must strive to present, as objectively as possible, varied events, activities and perceptions reflected in history, literature and other sources of humanity’s thought and expression.  A major goal of education in a free society is to develop persons who can think critically, understand their culture, live compassionately with others, make sound decisions and live with the consequences of their judgment.  Because points of view differ and biases exist, students must have access to materials which express this diversity of perspective.

It is the responsibility of the teacher to make certain that such access to materials presenting various sides of an issue is available.  Teachers must take into account the relative maturity of their students and the need for guidance and help in studying issues and arriving at balanced views.  All instruction conforms to adopted courses of study.

The principle of academic freedom presupposes intellectual honesty on the part of the person who exercises it and that he/she can and will discriminate among facts relating to an issue.  In expressing a personal opinion, a teacher makes it known to students that the view is his/her own and does not attempt to bring students to a commitment to that personal viewpoint.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

CROSS REFS.:    AC, Nondiscrimination
                                EDE, Computer/On-Line Services (Acceptable Use and Internet Safety)
                                INB, Teaching About Controversial Issues
                                JB, Equal Educational Opportunities

CONTRACT REF.:    Teachers’ Negotiated Agreement

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IC/ICA

SCHOOL YEAR/SCHOOL CALENDAR

The calendar for the school year shall be recommended to the Superintendent two years in advance by a committee composed of one business manager, one central office administrator, one secondary administrator, one elementary administrator, the MCTA president/designee and one teacher from each level (high school, middle school and elementary school), per the Negotiated Agreement.

The calendar sets forth the days schools will be in session, holidays and vacation periods, in-service training days, teacher orientation days; days of conferences with and reports to parent(s)/guardian(s); and other teacher workdays.  The number of days scheduled for students shall meet or exceed the requirement of Ohio law.  Said calendar shall include the required number of days for calamity make-up days as prescribed by Ohio law.

The Superintendent will recommend a school calendar to the Board for adoption.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3313.48; 3313.481; 3313.482; 3313.483; 3313.62; 3313.63
                                            3317.01

CROSS REF.:    EBCD, Emergency Closings

CONTRACT REF.:    Teachers' Negotiated Agreement

 

 

Back To Top

File:  ID

SCHOOL DAY

It is the responsibility of the Board to establish the beginning and dismissal times at the various grade levels.  These hours satisfy the time requirements established by State law and the State Board of Education regulations.

The administration is authorized to make minor changes in opening and closing times to facilitate the scheduling of transportation.  Any major changes in schedules are subject to Board approval.  The Ohio Administrative Code regulation for length of day must be followed.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3313.48; 3313.482
                               OAC    3301-35-06

CROSS REF.:    EBCD, Emergency Closings

CONTRACT REF.:    Teachers’ Negotiated Agreement

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IE

ORGANIZATION OF FACILITIES FOR INSTRUCTION

The Board recognizes that the grouping of grades and services within the facilities of the District can promote the efficient operation of the District and help achieve a more effective instructional program.

The housing of grade levels in school facilities and the administration of the instructional program is according to plans developed by the Superintendent and the administrative staff and approved by the Board.

Modifications in the organizational plan of each school may be made by the Board upon the recommendation of the Superintendent.  The Superintendent continually monitors the effectiveness of the organizational plan and recommends to the Board modifications in the plan which are in the best interest of students; provides for the equivalency of instructional materials, equipment and personnel and makes the wisest use of resources and personnel to serve the educational goals of the Board.

The organization of facilities may be re-organized to comply with the provisions of No Child Left Behind.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3311.29
                                           3313.53; 3313.531; 3313.641

CROSS REFS.:    IGBI, English as a Second Language (Limited English Proficiency)
                                IGBJ, Title I Programs
                                IHA, Grouping for Instruction
                               JECBD, Intradistrict Open Enrollment

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IF

CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT

Continuing curriculum study and development are necessary in order to ensure that the District meets the needs of the students in its schools.

Curriculum planning is based on the educational philosophy and goals approved by the Board.  Specific objectives are developed by the staff and input from parents, community members and other stakeholders is considered by the Board.  Such planning must also take into consideration the legal requirements for students in basic subjects.

To ensure improved instruction as a result of curriculum changes, there must be close coordination between new curriculum development and current instruction program and process and their evaluation.  There must be coordination across subject areas and articulation of programs between grade levels.  Implementation of new or revised curriculum must be closely coordinated with staff development programs.

The Superintendent/designee is responsible for authorizing curriculum studies and for establishing curriculum councils and advisory committees as needed.

The Board expects all certificated staff to work together in evaluating the educational program and recommending additions and changes in courses, programs and instructional approaches.  All staff members have a professional obligation to the educational program, including responsibility for working on curriculum committees.  The certificated staff is expected to play an active role in curriculum development.

The Superintendent/designee provides the Board with reports on the curriculum and on the work of curriculum committees and recommends courses and programs for adoption by the Board.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    OAC    3301-35-02; 3301-35-03; 3301-35-04; 3301-35-06

CROSS REF.:    ABA, Community Involvement in Decision Making (Also KC)
                             ABB, Staff Involvement in Decision Making (Also GBB)
                             BCF, Advisory Committees to the Board

CONTRACT REF.:    Teachers’ Negotiated Agreement

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IFD

CURRICULUM ADOPTION

An effective curriculum requires continuous development, implementation, evaluation and improvement.  The Board expects the certificated staff to implement courses of study which promote the educational goals of the District and comply with legal requirements.

Legal responsibility for adoption of curriculum resides with the Board.  The Board assigns responsibility for curriculum development to the Superintendent.  The Board considers and acts on new courses and programs as recommended by the Superintendent.  It officially approves courses of study for all subjects as required by State and Federal law.

The Superintendent supervises the evaluation of the curriculum.  Courses of study are reviewed and updated as needed.  After evaluation, courses of study are presented to the Board for adoption or re-adoption.  The Board may initiate studies of prospective new courses and curriculum revisions.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3301.07
                                            3313.60; 3313.602; 3313.90
                               OAC    3301-35-02; 3301-35-03; 3301-35-04

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGAB

HUMAN RELATIONS EDUCATION

This Board fosters good human relations dealing with race, color, national origin, citizenship status, religion, gender, economic status, age or disability through its instructional programs, its student activities and the classroom environment.

The Board encourages and supports the following approaches to human relations education.

    1.    The curriculum for all students in grades kindergarten through 12 presents in
            context the accomplishments and contributions of the races and cultures of our
            world.

    2.    Methods and techniques of classroom teaching emphasize the similarities and
            likenesses of people of various backgrounds and cultures.

    3.    The staff annually refreshes its awareness of the facts that the public schools
            are among the primary instruments for furthering, upgrading and strengthening
            human relations through in-service training.

    4.    The schools work for an integration of ideas, people and material resources to
            provide the best education to meet the demands of our society.

    5.    The schools strive to develop a positive self-image in each student’s thinking. 
           They:

             A.    recognize the dignity and worth of the individual;

             B.    provide students with the opportunity to acquire as broad an education as
                     the student’s capacity permits and

            C.    stimulate the development of respect for the laws of this country.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    OAC    3301-35-02(B)(I)(6); 3301-35-03(H)

CROSS REFS.:    AC, Nondiscrimination
                                ACA, Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Sex
                                ACB, Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disability
                                JB, Equal Educational Opportunities

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGAC

TEACHING ABOUT RELIGION

Schools must be neutral in matters of religion.  The District must show no preference for one religion over another and must refrain from the promotion of any religion.

Teaching about religious holidays or about religion in general should be objective, should avoid any doctrinal impact and should avoid any implication that religious doctrines have the support of school authority.

It is the responsibility of the public schools to foster mutual understanding and respect for all individuals and beliefs.  In pursuing this goal, teaching in the public schools should recognize that holidays are observed differently by different religious groups.  Teachers should also respect the fact that some individuals’ beliefs do not include religious observances.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    U.S. Const. Amend. I
                               ORC    3313.601

CROSS REFS.:    INB, Teaching About Controversial Issues
                                IND, School Ceremonies and Observances
                               JB, Equal Educational Opportunities
                               JEFB, Released Time for Religious Instruction

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGAD

OCCUPATIONAL EDUCATION
(Career and Technical Education)

The schools should provide education that is pertinent to the practical aspects of life and prepares students to make the transition from the school setting to the world of work.  Therefore, it supports the inclusion of career education in the basic curriculum.

Career education is a program that enables each student to gain career awareness and to explore career opportunities in all fields so that he/she can make informed decisions about his/her future occupations.

The Board charges the administration with the responsibility for implementation of the career education program in the schools.

Career education is a concept that can be taught in the classroom at all grade levels.  At the secondary level, it specifically incorporates career exploration, career guidance and vocational education/training opportunities.  The latter are designed to equip students to enter postsecondary occupational education programs, and/or specific occupations directly from high school.

Career and technical education is available as an integral part of the curriculum at the secondary level.  It is geared to technological and economic conditions and changes, and, as a core component of comprehensive education, shares with other aspects of the high school curriculum the purpose of development of character, attitudes and skills.  Guidance and counseling services are provided to each student throughout his/her program.

In an effort to meet the changing needs of the global, high-tech workforce, the following educational programs will be offered to secondary high school students, adults, postgraduates and others desiring to obtain necessary workforce skills.

    1.    career education in agriculture, business and marketing, health occupations
           education and trade and industrial education including the applied related
           academic subjects, i.e. math, science and communication skills

    2.    postgraduate and adult education courses, including apprenticeship programs

Fees are charged to students, as established by the Board, to pay for materials they use in these courses and programs.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3303.02; 3303.06
                                            3311.18; 3311.19
                                            3313.53; 3313.56; 3313.90; 3313.901; 3313.91; 3313.911
                                            3317.024; 3317.16; 3317.17
                               OAC    Chapter    3301-61
                                            3301-35-06

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGAE

HEALTH EDUCATION

The Board is committed to a sound, comprehensive health education program as an integral part of each student’s general education.  At a minimum, the health education program meets the requirements established by law and includes practical training in procedures to be used in first aid, safety, fire prevention and cardiopulmonary resuscitation.

The Board believes that the greatest opportunity for effective health education lies with the public schools because of the opportunity to reach almost all students at an age when positive, lifelong health habits may be instilled and the availability of qualified personnel to conduct health education programs.

The health education program emphasizes a contemporary approach to the presentation of health information, skills and knowledge necessary for students to understand the functioning and proper care of the human body.

In an effort to promote a relevant approach to the instruction of health education, the Board continues to stress the need for curricular, personnel and financial commitments to ensure a health education program of high quality in the public schools.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3313.60
                               OAC    3301-35-04; 3301-35-06

CROSS REFS.:    EB, Safety Program
                                EBBA, First Aid
                                EBBC, Bloodborne Pathogens
                                GBEA, HIV/AIDS (Human Immunodeficiency Virus/Acquired Immune
                                Deficiency Syndrome) ((Also JHCCA)
                                IGAH, Family Life Education
                                IGAI, Sex Education
                               JHF, Student Safety

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGAG

DRUGS, ALCOHOL AND TOBACCO EDUCATION

The Board views with concern the serious implications of drug, alcohol and tobacco use by students.  In keeping with its primary responsibility, the education of youth, the Board charges the staff to continue to investigate the causes of student involvement with drugs and alcohol and to develop suitable preventive measures whenever feasible.

The Board and the staff continue to seek ways to educate students about the dangers of the misuse and abuse of drugs, alcohol and tobacco.  Instructional units include sessions about the causes and effects of drug, alcohol and tobacco abuse, especially in young people.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    2925.01; 2925.37
                                            3313.60; 3313.95
                               OAC    3301-35-04; 3301-35-06

CROSS REFS.:    JFCG, Tobacco Use by Students
                                JFCH, Alcohol Use by Students
                                JFCI, Student Drug Abuse

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGAH/IGAI

FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION/SEX EDUCATION

The Board believes that the purpose of family life and sex education is to help students acquire factual knowledge, attitudes and values which result in behavior which contributes to the well-being of the individual, the family and society.

Helping students attain a mature and responsible attitude toward human sexuality is a continuous task of every generation.  Parents have the primary responsibility to assist their children in developing moral values.  The schools should support and supplement parents’ efforts in these areas by offering students factual information and opportunities to discuss concerns, issues and attitudes.

In addition to the requirements listed below, the policies and regulations concerning the approval of new curriculum content, units and materials apply to any course(s) dealing with family life and sex education.

    1.    Instructional materials to be used in family life/sex education are available for
           review by parents during school hours.

    2.    If, after review of materials used and a conference with the instructor and
           principal, a parent requests that his/her child not participate in a given aspect of
           the course, an alternate educational assignment is arranged for that student with
           the approval of the principal.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3313.60
                               OAC    3301-35-02

CROSS REF.:    IGAE, Health Education

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGBA

PROGRAMS FOR STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES

All students with disabilities living within the District are identified, evaluated and placed in appropriate educational programs.  Due process requirements, procedural safeguards and confidential treatment of information are adhered to as required by State and Federal law.

The Superintendent is expected to supervise all special education programs and to assign a member of the staff to coordinate efforts.  The person designated is responsible for the identification of students with disabilities, the evaluation of disabilities and evaluation procedures, the design of Individualized Education Programs (IEP), plans and placement.  All procedures are in accordance with State and Federal law.

The IEP determined for each identified student is developed in accordance with the student’s individual needs.  The plan provides for re-evaluation of the student’s needs, progress and effectiveness of the program being offered.

Although the District requires all students with disabilities to be tested, each student with a disability is considered individually relative to his/her participation in the District’s educational and testing programs.  Alternative assessments are required and students must make yearly gains as defined by the adequate yearly progress indicator adopted by the State Board of Education and be at a proficient level in 12 years.

The Board directs the administration to develop a plan to comply with school choice and supplemental service sanctions.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    Education for All Handicapped Children Act; 20 USC 1401 et seq.
                               Rehabilitation Act; 29 USC 706(8), 794, 794a
                               504 Regulations 34 C.F.R. Part 104
                               Americans with Disabilities Act; USC 12112 et seq.
                               State Department of Education, Special Education Policies and Procedures,
                                Free Appropriate Public Education-101
                                ORC    3313.50
                                             3323.01 et seq.
                                             3325.01 et seq.
                                OAC    3301-51
                                             3301-55-01

CROSS REFS.:    ACB, Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disability
                                IGBJ, Title I Programs
                                IL, Testing Programs
                               JB, Equal Educational Opportunities
                                KBA, Public’s Right to Know

 

 

Back To Top

File: IGBA-E

 

SECTION 504 REQUEST FOR MEDIATION/DUE PROCESS
 
Directions: This form should be completed by individuals requesting a Section 504 Due Process Hearing or Section 504 Mediation.  Please complete, sign, and submit a copy of this form to the Director of Pupil Services.
 
I, _____________________________________________, the undersigned, do hereby request a: 
Print Name
 
 Section 504 Due Process Hearing
 Section 504 Mediation
(Check either, but not both)
 
 
Please use the space below to write a description of the nature of the problem of the child including facts relating to the problem. You may attach an additional page if space is needed.
 
__________________________________________________________________________________________
 
__________________________________________________________________________________________
 
__________________________________________________________________________________________
 
Please use the space below to write a proposed resolution of the problem.  You may attach an additional sheet of paper if more space is needed.
 
 
__________________________________________________________________________________________
 
__________________________________________________________________________________________
 
__________________________________________________________________________________________
 
Student Information
 
Last Name: ____________________________ First Name: ______________________________ M.I. ___
 
DOB:  _______________ Grade:  ______________ School:  __________________________________
 
Address:  _________________________________________________________________________________
 
Home Phone Number:  _________________________ Alt. Number:  ______________________________
 
Complainant’s relationship to student:  __________________________________________________________
 
Phone Number (if different from student’s):  _____________________________________________________
 
Signed:  _________________________________ Date:  __________________________________________
(Adoption Date: January 19, 2012)
 
File: IGBA-R
 
PROCEDURAL SAFEGUARDS NOTICE UNDER 
SECTION 504 OF THE REHABILITATION ACT 
 
The following is a description of the rights and options granted by federal law to students with disabilities under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act and their parents or guardians.  Should you have any questions, please contact the Section 504 Coordinator, Assistant Superintendent/Director of Pupil Services, 540 East Park Avenue, Miamisburg OH, 45342, (937) 866-3381.  Parents or guardians with children who are disabled as defined under Section 504 have the right to:
 
1. Have your child take part in, and receive benefits from, public education programs without discrimination because of their disabilities.
 
2. Have the school district advise you of your rights and options under federal law.
 
3. Receive notice with respect to the identification, evaluation or placement of your child and be invited to participate in 504 team meetings or otherwise be given a meaningful opportunity to provide input into 504 team decisions regarding identification, evaluation and placement before such decisions are made.
 
4. Have your child receive a free appropriate public education (often referred to as “FAPE”).  This includes the right to have your child educated with students without disabilities to the maximum extent appropriate to the needs of your child.  This includes the right to have the school district provide regular or special education and related aids and services that are designed to meet the individual educational needs of your child as adequately as the needs of nondisabled students are met.
 
5. In interpreting evaluation data and in making placement decision(s), draw upon a variety of sources, including aptitude and achievement tests, teacher recommendations, physical condition, social or cultural background and adaptive behavior, with all sources documented and carefully considered, and by persons who know the student, evaluation data and placement options.
 
6. Have an evaluation completed before taking any action with respect to the initial placement of the student and have periodic re-evaluations and evaluations before and subsequent to any significant change in placement.
 
7. Have transportation provided to and from an alternative placement setting at no greater cost to you than would be incurred if the student were placed in a program operated by the school district.
 
8. Have your child be given an equal opportunity to participate in non-academic and extracurricular services and activities offered by the school district with students without disabilities to the maximum extent appropriate to the needs of the child.
 
9. Obtain, at your own expense, an independent educational evaluation of your child.
 
10. Examine all relevant records relating to decisions regarding your child’s identification, evaluation, education program, and placement.  Parents have the right to copies of such records at a reasonable expense, unless such fee would effectively deny the parents access to the records.
  
11. A response from the school district to reasonable requests for explanations and interpretations of your child’s records.
 
12. Request amendment of your child’s education records if there is a reasonable cause to believe that they are inaccurate, misleading or otherwise in violation of the privacy rights of your child.  If the school district refuses this request for amendment, it shall notify you within a reasonable time and advise you of the right to hearing.  This hearing will be according to the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) and should not be confused with an impartial due process hearing.  Please see Board Policy JO and Regulation JO-R for further information.
 
13. Request for mediation.  If a parent/guardian disagrees with the identification, evaluation, educational placement, or the provision of a free appropriate public education for his/her child, the parent/guardian may make a written request for mediation to the superintendent.  See Form IGBA-E, Request for Mediation/Due Process.  The superintendent will designate an impartial mediator to mediate at a time and place mutually agreeable to the parents and the school district. 
 
14. Request for impartial due process hearing.  
 
a. If the parent/guardian disagrees with the identification, evaluation, educational placement, or the provision of a free appropriate public education for his/her child, the parent/guardian may make a written request for an impartial due process hearing to the Superintendent.  The written request must include a description of the nature of the problem, including facts related to the problem and a proposed resolution of the problem to the extent known and available to the parent/guardian at the time.  See Form IGBA-E, Request for Mediation/Due Process.
 
b. The school district may initiate a hearing regarding the identification, evaluation, or educational placement of the student or the provision of a free appropriate public education to the student.  The school district shall notify the parent of the specific reason(s) for the request.
 
c. Upon receipt of the parent’s or school district’s request for a hearing, the Superintendent or designee shall designate the impartial hearing officer.  A hearing shall be conducted within a reasonable period of time (typically forty (40) instructional days after the request unless the hearing officer grants an extension or the parties mutually agree to waive the time-frame), at a time and place reasonably convenient to the school district and the parent.  The school district shall pay any hearing officer’s fee and expenses and shall either tape record the hearing or have the hearing transcribed.
 
d. The child and the parent shall have the right to participate in the hearing and the right to be represented by counsel of their own choosing.  The school district may inform the parent of any free or low-cost legal services available in the area if the parent requests the information or if the school district initiates the hearing.
 
e. The parent or the parent’s counsel and the school district or its counsel shall have the right to present evidence and testimony, including expert medical, psychological, or educational testimony, at the impartial hearing.  Introduction of any evidence at the hearing that has not been disclosed to the other party at least five (5) business days before the hearing is prohibited, subject to the discretion of the hearing officer.  The decision of the hearing officer shall be based solely upon the evidence presented at the hearing.  
 
f. Within twenty-five (25) instructional days after the hearing, the hearing officer shall render a decision in writing.  Such decision shall include findings of fact, conclusions of law, and an order, if necessary, which will be binding on all parties.  The dated decision shall be sent by mail to the parent and the Superintendent and shall contain notice of the right to a review of the decision.  The decision shall be implemented no later than twenty (20) instructional days following the date of the decision, unless review is sought by either party.
 
g. If a due process hearing has been requested under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) or Ohio Revised Code Chapter 3323, a hearing officer qualified as to the IDEA/Ch. 3323 proceeding may preside in a joint hearing for IDEA/Ch. 3323 and Section 504.  The hearing and appeal procedures and timeline will proceed in accordance with the IDEA/Ch. 3323.  The issues for each IDEA/Ch. 3323 or Section 504 determination shall be clearly defined at the outset, and determinations made by the hearing officer will be separate and distinct.
 
15. Requests for review (appeal) of the hearing
 
a. A petition to review (appeal) the decision of the hearing officer may be made by any party to the hearing.  The request must be in writing, sent to the Superintendent and opposing party, be specific as to the objections, and be post-marked within twenty (20) days of the date of the hearing officer’s decision.  The school district is responsible for hiring and paying any costs of an Impartial Review (Appeals) Officer to conduct an impartial review of the record as a whole and who may, at his/her election, conduct his/her review with or without legal briefing and oral argument.  Such review shall be conducted within twenty (20) instructional days of the receipt of the Petition for Review, unless either party requests an extension of time.
 
b. The Review (Appeals) Officer shall issue a decision and send that decision to both parties.
 
16. Grievance procedure.  A parent/guardian may utilize the District’s grievance procedure, as identified in Policy ACB and Regulation ACB-R.
(Adoption Date: January 19, 2012)

Back To Top

File:  IGBAB

SECTION 504 POLICY STATEMENT

The District will identify, evaluate and provide appropriate accommodations for students with mental and/or physical impairment(s) which substantially limit one or more major life activities.

Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act (1973) due process rights for children and their parents will be enforced.

The Director of Pupil Services is designated the coordinator of Section 504 activities

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    Education For All Handicapped Children Act of 1975
                               Rehabilitation Act of 1973
                               ORC    3313.37; 3313.50
                                            3323.01 et seq. 3325.01
                               OAC    3301-51-02
                                            3301-51-16-19
                                            3301-55-01

CROSS REFS.:    ACB, Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disability
                                IL, Testing Programs
                               JB, Equal Educational Opportunities
                               JHC, Student Health Services and Requirements
                               KBA, Public’s Right To Know

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGBAB-1-R

SECTION 504

Section 504 is an act which prohibits discrimination against persons with a handicap in any program receiving federal financial assistance.  The act defines a person with a handicap as anyone who:

    1.    has a mental or physical impairment which substantially limits one or more
           major life activities (major life activities include activities such as caring for
           one’s self, performing manual tasks, walking, seeing, hearing, speaking,
           breathing, learning and working);

    2.    has a record of such an impairment or

    3.    is regarded as having such an impairment.

In order to fulfill its obligation under Section 504, the District recognizes a responsibility to avoid discrimination in policies and practices regarding its personnel and students.  No discrimination against any person with a handicap will knowingly be permitted in any of the programs and practices in the school system.

The District has specific responsibilities under the act, which include the responsibility to help identify, evaluate, and if the child is determined to be eligible under Section 504, to afford access to appropriate educational services.

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) also specifies rights related to educational records.  This act gives the parent or guardian the right to:

    1.    inspect and review his/her child’s educational records;
    2.    make copies of these records;
    3.    receive a list of all individuals having access to those records;
    4.    ask for an explanation of any item in the records;
    5.    ask for an amendment to any report on the grounds that it is inaccurate,
           misleading, or violates the child’s rights and
    6.    a hearing on the issued if the school refuses to make the amendment.

If there are questions, please feel free to contact the Director of Pupil Services, 504 Coordinator for the District, at phone number 866-3381.

(Approval date:  October 21, 2004)

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGBAB-2-R

SECTION 504

Step 1:  Informal Discussion with Coordinator

Complainants are encouraged to try to resolve problems promptly through informal dispute resolution.  The complainant meets informally with the District Section 504 coordinator and discusses his/her complaint.  The coordinator will investigate, documenting all steps (including dates and nature of meetings, disposition and dates of disposition), and will reply in writing to the complainant within five working days of the initial meeting.

Step 2:  Written Complaint

If the complaint is not satisfactorily resolved through Step 1, the complainant may file a written grievance with the Section 504 coordinator within 10 days of disposition at Step 1.  The written complaint must include:

    1.    a clear statement of the alleged violation;
    2.    the remedy sought by the complainant and
    3.    the complainant’s signature and the date.

The District’s Section 504 coordinator will conduct a full investigation of the grievance and will prepare a written report of the investigation that will include:

    1.    a clear statement of allegations of the grievant and remedy sought;
    2.    a statement of the facts as contended by each party;
    3.    a statement of the facts as found by the coordinator and evidence to support
           each fact;
    4.    a list of all witnesses interviewed and documents reviewed during the
            investigation;
    5.    a narrative describing attempts to resolve the grievance and
    6.    the coordinator’s conclusions on whether the grievance is valid.

If the coordinator believes the grievance is valid, the coordinator will recommend appropriate action to the Superintendent.  The report will be filed with the Superintendent within 15 days of receipt of the written grievance.  A copy of the report will be provided to the complainant.  If the Superintendent agrees with the recommendations of the coordinator, the recommendations will be implemented.

Step 3:  Appeal to School Board

If the complainant is not satisfactorily resolved through Step 2, the complainant may file a written appeal to the Board.  The appeal, which must be filed within 10 working days of the Superintendent’s decision, must include copies of the disposition at Step 1, if applicable, the written complaint, the coordinator’s report and the Superintendent’s decision at Step 2.

The appeal will be considered at the next regularly scheduled Board meeting as long as the appeal is filed at least five working days before the meeting.  Within 10 working days of considering the appeal, the Board will issue a written decision through the Superintendent’s office.

1 of 2

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGBAB-2-R

ORC Complaint

At any stage in this grievance procedure, the complainant has the right to file formal complaints with the Office for Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education, 330 C St., SW, Washington, DC 20202.  The District Section 504 coordinator is:  William A. LaPrise, Director of Pupil Services.

(Approval date:  October 21, 2004)

2 of 2

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGBB

PROGRAMS FOR GIFTED AND TALENTED STUDENTS

In accordance with the belief that all children are entitled to education commensurate with their particular needs, children in the District who are gifted are provided opportunities to progress as their abilities permit.  The Board believes that these children may require services beyond those offered in regular school programs in order to realize their potential contribution to themselves and society.

Children who are gifted are identified annually by qualified professionals using a variety of assessment procedures.  The Board encourages efforts to provide services for the children who are gifted as an integral part of the total kindergarten through grade 12 program.

Identification

The District follows the identification eligibility criteria as specified in the Ohio Revised Code and the Ohio Administrative Code.

    1.    The District identifies children of the District, in grades kindergarten through 12,
            as gifted children who perform at remarkably high levels of accomplishment
            when compared to other children of the same age, experience and
            environment, as identified under the Ohio Revised Code and Ohio
            Administrative Code.  Accordingly, a child can be identified as exhibiting:

            A.    superior cognitive ability;

            B.    specific academic ability in one or more of the following content areas:

                    1)    mathematics;
                    2)    science;
                    3)    reading, writing or a combination of these skills and/or
                    4)    social studies;

            C.    creative thinking ability and/or

            D.    visual or performing arts ability such as drawing, painting, sculpting, music,
                    dance or drama.

    2.    The District uses only those instruments approved by the Ohio Department of
            Education for screening, assessment and identification of children who are
            gifted.

1 of 4

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGBB

District Plan for Identifying Gifted Students

The District adopts and submits to the Ohio Department of Education a plan for
screening, assessment and identification of children who are gifted.  Any revisions to the District plan are submitted to the Ohio Department of Education for approval.  The
identification plan includes the following: 

    1.    the criteria and methods the District uses to screen and select children for
           further assessment who perform or show potential for performing at remarkably
           high levels of accomplishment in one of the gifted areas;

    2.    the sources of assessment data the District uses to select children for further
           testing and an explanation to parents/guardians of the multiple assessment
           instruments required to identify children who are gifted;

    3.    an explanation for parents/guardians of the methods the District uses to ensure
           equal access to screening and further assessment by all District children,
           culturally and linguistically diverse children, children from low socio-economic
           backgrounds, children with disabilities and children for whom English is a
           second language;

    4.    the process of notifying parents/guardians regarding all policies and
           procedures concerning the screening, assessment and identification of children
           who are gifted;

    5.    an opportunity for parents/guardians to appeal any decision about the results of
           any screening procedure or assessment, the scheduling of children for
           assessment or the placement of a student in any program or for receipt of
           services;

    6.    procedures for the assessment of children who transfer into the District;

    7.    at least two opportunities a year for assessment in the case of children   
            requesting assessment or recommended for assessment by teachers,  
            parents or other children; and

    8.    an explanation that the District accepts scores on assessment instruments
           approved for use by the Ohio Department of Education that are provided by
           other school districts and trained personnel outside the District.

2 of 4

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGBB

The District's plan may provide for the District to contract with any qualified public or private service provider to provide screening or assessment services under the plan.  Gifted education coordinators provide the District with assistance in placing students, designing services, consulting on strategic planning, evaluating services on an ongoing basis and eliciting input from parents and staff.

District Plan for Services

The District adopts and submits to the Ohio Department of Education a plan for a
continuum of services that may be offered to students who are gifted.
               
    1.    The District ensures equal opportunity for all children identified as gifted to
            receive any or all services offered by the District.
       
    2.    The District implements a procedure for withdrawal of children from District
            gifted programs or services and for reassessment of children.

    3.    The District implements a procedure for resolving disputes with regard to
            identification and placement decisions.

    4.    Any District gifted education services are delivered in accordance with the Ohio
            Revised Code and the Ohio Administrative Code.

    5.    The District informs parents of the contents of this policy as required by the
            Ohio Revised Code.

Written Education Plan

The District provides gifted services based on the student’s area(s) of identification and individual needs and is guided by a written education plan (WEP).  The WEP, which is provided to parents of gifted students and educators responsible for providing gifted education services, includes a description of the services provided, including goals for the student in each service specified, methods for evaluating progress toward achieving the goals specified and methods and schedule for reporting progress to students.  The WEP also specifies staff members responsible for ensuring that specified services are delivered, policies regarding the waiver of assignments and the scheduling of tests missed while a student is participating in any gifted services provided outside the general education classroom and a date by which the WEP will be reviewed for possible revision.

3 of 4

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGBB

Gifted Education Personnel

Gifted education instruction is provided by gifted education intervention specialists by
grade level in accordance with the Ohio Administrative Code.  Gifted education
instruction is offered during the regular school day and may be provided in large or small groups and/or individually in a variety of settings.  The depth, breadth and pace of instruction based on the appropriate content areas may be differentiated.  Where differentiated instruction is provided in a regular classroom, the teacher is either licensed in gifted education or has received professional development and ongoing assistance from a gifted education intervention specialist or gifted education coordinator.

Annual Report and Accountability

The District submits, as required, a gifted education annual report to the Ohio
Department of Education.

The District submits, as required, a gifted education data audit to the Ohio Department of Education.

The Superintendent/designee implements all policies and procedures in accordance with laws, rules and regulations and follows the Ohio Administrative Code rules regarding gifted education.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]
(Revised date:     August 21, 2008)

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3324.01-07
                            OAC    3301-51-15

CROSS REF.:    JB, Equal Educational Opportunities

4 of 4

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGBE

REMEDIAL INSTRUCTION

The educational program is designed and operated to be developmentally appropriate and avoid the necessity for remedial education.  In those cases in which students have clearly not performed commensurate with their capabilities, efforts are made to remedy the condition and attain the learning results sought. 

The Board directs the classroom teachers of students in the first, second and third grades to assess and identify at the end of each school year the reading skills of each student who is reading below grade level.  The parent or guardian is notified of each student whose reading skills are below grade level and intervention services are provided to the student.

Students who are reading below grade level at the end of the third grade are offered intense remediation services during the summer following third grade. 

The District seeks to involve the student's parent(s) with the classroom teacher in developing the intervention strategy and offers to the parent(s) the opportunity to be involved in the intervention.

Intervention services will be offered to students who fail to attain proficient scores on any of the District or state required tests.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3301.07
                                            3313.608; 3313.609
                               OAC    3301-35-04; 3301-35-06

CROSS REF:    IKE, Promotion and Retention of Students

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGBG

HOME BOUND INSTRUCTION

Homebound instruction is defined as any instruction provided to a student not in school due to an extended illness or physical handicap and is intended to maintain a student's academic status in the Miamisburg City Schools.

    1.    An extended or prolonged absence is defined as an absence period of 15 or
           more consecutive school days.

    2.    Certification of the handicap or illness will be accepted from a licensed
            physician or psychologist.

    3.    Request for homebound instruction will be initiated by the building principal by
           placing a telephone call/fax message to the Director of Pupil Services. 

    4.    Examples of handicaps or illnesses which would fall under the scope of this
           policy would include recovery from surgery, a long-term illness, recovery from an
           accident, pregnancy, etc. 

    5.    The District will attempt to provide a certificated/licensed instructor within a
            reasonable time after the 15-day absence period or when a licensed health
            care provider certifies that an illness/injury will extend beyond 15 days.  The
            District will comply with state and local school district guidelines when
            determining the eligibility and availability of homebound instruction.  Normally,
            homebound instruction will not exceed one hour per day and will not exceed the
            number of days the student is excused from regular attendance. 

    6.    The student's classroom instructor shall be responsible for furnishing to the
            student and tutor the following:

            A.    the course of study, weekly lesson plans and textbooks;

            B.    daily homework, assignments, worksheets and quizzes, tests and exams;

            C.    grading materials assigned during the homebound period and returning
                    them to the student weekly;

            D.    a nine-week grade, a semester exam grade and the final grade, if
                    applicable, and

            E.    the assignments to the respective homebound instructor by Thursday
                   evening of each week for the next week. 

    7.    The homebound tutor shall be responsible for the following:

           A.    providing the District with a copy of their current certification/license;

           B.    providing the student with all instruction;

           C.    administering all homework, class work, worksheets, quizzes, tests and
                   exams, if applicable;

1 of 2

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGBG

          D.    maintaining contact and rapport with the student's classroom teacher as to
                   the academic progress of the student on a weekly basis;

           E.    providing a log for the homebound instruction period with the following
                   information:  date, duration of time and the instruction covered.  This log will
                   be submitted at the conclusion of the homebound instruction period to the
                   school's guidance counselor.

            F.    providing a maximum of five hours of instruction per week and

            G.    providing to the Treasurer all information necessary for financial
                    reimbursement prior to the start of the homebound instruction.

    8.    The District, through the office of the Special Education Supervisor, shall be
            responsible for identifying and employing a tutor and meeting all state and
            Board regulations.

    9.    The parent is responsible for providing the District with an authorized medical
           excuse from a licensed physician or psychologist and obtaining all weekly
           assignments from the school. 

The homebound student will receive an incomplete grade in all subjects for grade reporting purposes until all homebound instruction is completed.

The classroom teacher(s) will provide the grade(s) necessary for grade reporting purposes to the guidance counselor within five school days after the completion of the homebound instruction.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    Americans with Disabilities Act; 42 USC 1201 et seq.
                               ORC    3313.64
                                            3321.04
                                            3323.05; 3323.12
                               OAC    3301-51-06

CROSS REFS.:    IGBA, Programs for Students with Disabilities
                                JEA, Compulsory Attendance Ages
                                JECBC, Admission of Students from Nonchartered or Home Schooling

2 of 2

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGBH

ALTERNATIVE SCHOOL PROGRAMS

The Board may approve alternative school programs for students who, because of special needs, cannot benefit from the regular school program.

The major objectives of such programs shall:

    1.    provide a setting in which individual guidance and challenge can be provided
           for each student;

    2.    develop an instructional program which assists each student in overcoming
           academic deficiencies and personal problems;

    3.    strive to improve each student’s self-concept so that he/she recognizes his/her
           ability to succeed and play a contributing role in society;

    4.    provide an accepting environment in which respect and confidence are given to
           each student and

    5.    develop a realistic instructional program, which provides each student with the
           skills necessary to become a self-supporting citizen.

To help achieve these objectives, the alternative school program is staffed by personnel who are committed to the importance of the program and who recognize that education encompasses more than formal classroom instruction.  Staff members must also be able to design a cooperative staff/student individualized educational plan which includes long-range goals and measurable objectives for reaching these goals.

Selection of students to participate in the alternative school program is made according to criteria established by the program staff and approved by the Superintendent.  Students in the alternative school program may return to their regular schools when they and the program staff agree that they are ready to do so.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3301.07
                                            3313.53; 3313.533; 3313.534
                               OAC    3301-35-04; 3301-35-06; 3301-35-09

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGBI

ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE
(Limited English Proficiency)

The Board recognizes the need to provide equal educational opportunities for all students in the District.  Therefore, if the inability to speak and understand the English language excludes a student from effective participation in the educational programs offered by the District, the District shall take appropriate action to rectify the English language deficiency in order to provide the student equal access to its programs.  Students in a language minority or who have limited English proficiency are identified, assessed and provided appropriate services.

The Board directs the administration to develop and implement language instruction programs that:

    1.    appropriately identify language minority students;

    2.    determine the appropriate instructional environment for students with an English
            language deficiency and

    3.    annually assess the English proficiency of students and monitor the progress of
           students receiving English or bilingual instruction in order to determine their
           readiness for the mainstream classroom environment.

The District requires all students with limited English proficiency to be tested.  Alternative assessments may be required and students must make yearly gains as defined by the adequate yearly progress indicator adopted by the State Board of Education and be at a proficient level in 12 years.

The Board directs the administration to develop a plan to comply with school choice and supplemental service sanctions.

The District provides parents with notice of and information regarding the instructional program as required by law.  Parental involvement is encouraged and parents are regularly apprised of their child’s progress.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    42USC 2000d
                               The Elementary and Secondary Education Act; 20 U.S.C. 1221 et seq.

CROSS REFS.:    AC, Nondiscrimination
                                IE, Organization of Facilities for Instruction
                                IGBJ, Title I Programs
                                JB, Equal Educational Opportunities

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGBJ

TITLE I PROGRAMS

The Title I program is based on an annual assessment of educational needs.  This assessment includes identification of educationally deprived children in the public and private schools in this District.  Title I services are provided to all eligible, educationally deprived students.

The Board believes parental involvement is a vital part of the Title I program.  Parental involvement shall include, but not be limited to, parental contribution to the design and implementation of programs under this title, participation by parents in school activities and programs, and training and materials which build parents’ capacity to improve their children’s learning in both the home and the school.  To build a partnership between home and school, the District:

    1.    informs the parents of the program the reasons for their children’s participation
           and the specific instructional objectives;

    2.    trains parents to work with their children to attain instructional objectives;

    3.    trains teachers and other staff involved in programs under this title to work
           effectively with the parents of participating students;

    4.    develops partnerships by consulting with parents regularly;

    5.    provides opportunities for parents to be involved in the design, operation and
           evaluation of the program and

    6.    provides opportunities for the full participation of parents who lack literacy skills
           or whose native language is not English.

Title I funds are used only to augment, not to replace, state and local funds.  The Board uses such funds to provide educational services in schools receiving Title I assistance and funds are used to provide comparable services in all schools receiving Title I assistance.

The District is required to bring students up to a proficient level in reading and mathematics.  Any school that receives Title I funds, and fails to make adequate yearly progress as defined by the State Board of Education two years in a row, is required to offer school choice for students to transfer from the low performing building to a building that is making the required progress.  Among students exercising choice, priority is given to the lowest-achieving students from low income families.

If a school does not meet the adequate yearly progress three years in a row, it is required to offer supplemental (tutorial) services.  The administration is directed to develop a plan to comply with school choice and supplemental services.

1 of 2

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGBJ

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REF.:    The Elementary and Secondary Education Act; 20 USC 1221 et seq.

CROSS REFS.:    AC, Nondiscrimination
                                IE, Organization of Facilities for Instruction
                                IGBA, Programs for Students with Disabilities
                                IGBI, English as a Second Language
                                IGBL, Parental Involvement in Education
                               JB, Equal Educational Opportunities

2 of 2

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGBJ-R

TITLE I PROGRAMS
(Public School Choice)

The Board in conjunction with the No Child Left Behind Act has approved procedures so that parents whose student(s) attend a school identified as a school of improvement would have the option to apply to another school within District boundaries.  The following conditions must be met.

Application Procedures

    1.    Annually, the District will notify parents of students in schools identified as
           School Improvement schools.

    2.    Parents must meet with the building principal to discuss their request for a new
           school assignment before an application is submitted to the Student Services
           Department.

    3.    An applicant for enrollment in a building that currently is in school improvement
           must be filed with the Student Services Department by _____(date)_________.

    4.    Transfers can only be made to schools not identified as a School Improvement
           school, and the selection of building placement is determined by the Student
           Services Department.

    5.    Application approval or disapproval will be made by _____(date)________ of
           the year in which the application is made.

    6.    Only one transfer per year is granted.

    7.    Applications are sorted by requested building and grade level, and placement
            is determined by building limits (see below).

    8.    Transfers are in effect for only one school year.  Parents must reapply each
            year.

Building Capacity Limits

    1.    Building capacities are established each year based on enrollment projections
           and special programs, i.e., special education, Title I, preschool programs.

    2.    Student/Teacher ratios will be within state standards or contractual limits.

Student Qualifications

    1.    No special qualifications are necessary.  However, if the District has insufficient
           capacity to accept all applicants, the Student Services Department will prioritize
           selections by “low achieving students from low income families.”

    2.    Students with disabilities may be assigned only to buildings where the
           appropriate programming currently exists.  The disabled student/teacher ratio
           will remain within state requirements and contractual limits.

(Approval date:  October 21, 2004)

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGBL

PARENTAL INVOLVEMENT IN EDUCATION

The Board believes that parental involvement is an important part of the educational program.  Current research indicates that a home-school partnership and greater involvement on the part of parents in the education of their children generally result in higher achievement scores, improved student behavior and reduced absenteeism.  All parents and foster caregivers are encouraged to take an active role in the education of their children or foster children.

The Board directs the administration to develop the necessary regulations to ensure that this policy is followed and that parental involvement is encouraged.  The guidelines:

    1.    encourage strong home-school partnerships;

    2.    provide for consistent and effective communication between the parents or
           foster caregivers and school officials;

    3.    offer parents or foster caregivers ways to assist and encourage their children or
            foster children to do their best;

    4.    offer ways parents or foster caregivers can support classroom learning
           activities and

    5.    provide opportunities for parents or foster caregivers in the parental
           involvement program.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REF.:    ORC    3313.472

CROSS REF.:    IGBJ, Title I Programs

Back To Top

File:  IGBM

CREDIT FLEXIBILITY

The Miamisburg Board recognizes that an effective educational program is one that provides opportunities for students to customize aspects of their learning around their respective needs and interests.  Credit flexibility is one method to motivate and increase student learning by allowing access to more resources, customization around individual student needs and the use of multiple measures of learning.

Credit flexibility shifts the focus from “seat time” to performance.  Students can earn units of high school credit based on an individually approved credit flexibility plan.  The intent of credit flexibility is to meet increased expectations for high school graduation in response to globalization, technology and demographics, and to meet the demand for 21st century skills. 

In accordance with State law, the District must develop and implement a credit flexibility plan that enables students to earn high school credit by:

    1.    completing coursework; 

    2.    testing out or showing mastery of course content;

    3.    pursuing an educational option and/or an individually approved option and/or

    4.    any combination of the above.

The Superintendent/designee develops the District’s credit flexibility plan consistent with the provisions of the following regulation. 

 [Adoption date: March 18, 2010]

LEGAL REFS.:    Carnegie Design Team Report to the State Board of Education, New Emphasis
                            on Learning: Ohio’s plan for credit flexibility shifts the focus from “seat time”
                            to performance (March 2009)
                            ORC    3313.60; 3313.603; 3313.609; 3313.6013; 3313.611; 3313.613;
                                        3313.614; 3313.90
                                        3321.04
                                        Chapter 3324
                                        Chapter 3365
                                        OAC    Chapter 3301-34
                                        3301-35-06
                                        Chapter 3301-46
                                        Chapter 3301-51
                                        Chapter 3301-61

1 of 2

Back To Top

File:  IGBM

                             CROSS REFS.:    IGAD, Career-Technical Education
                                                          IGBH, Alternative School Programs
                                                          IGCB, Experimental Programs
                                                          IGCD, Educational Options (Also LEB)
                                                          IGCF, Home Instruction
                                                          IGCH, Postsecondary Enrollment Options (Also LEC)
                                                          IGE, Adult Education Programs
                                                          IKA, Grading Systems
                                                          IKE, Promotion and Retention of Students
                                                          IKEB, Acceleration
                                                          IKF, Graduation Requirements

NOTE:     In 2007, the Ohio General Assembly enacted Senate Bill (SB) 311, also known as the Ohio Core, which directed the State Board of Education to adopt a plan that enables students to earn units of high school credit based on demonstration of subject area competency, instead of or in combination with completing hours of classroom instruction.

SB 311 requires all local school boards to comply with the provisions of the State Board’s credit flexibility plan by adopting local board policy (ORC 3313.603(J)). Full implementation of the local board policy must be reached by the beginning of the 2010-11 school year.

2 of 2

Back To Top

File:  IGBM-R

CREDIT FLEXIBILITY

In accordance with State law, the District’s plan for credit flexibility must:

    1.    identify the multiple methods of communication and frequency of each method the District will use to communicate the aspects of the credit flexibility policy and plan to students and parents on an on-going basis;

    2.    allow for demonstrated proficiency options on an on-going basis;
 
    3.    allow for graded options for demonstrated proficiency;

    4.    allow demonstration of proficiency to count towards course requirements for graduation;

    5.    determine credit equivalency for a Carnegie unit;
 
    6.    prohibit capping or limiting the number of courses or credits earned through credit flexibility;

    7.    allow for both simultaneous credit and/or partial credit to be earned;
 
    8.    not prohibit access to online education, postsecondary options or services from another district, as approved by the Board;
 
    9.    allow, if so desired, for the acceptance of credit from other districts and educational providers;

    10.    establish provisions for instances when students do not or cannot complete requirements and

    11.    establish a review process and submit data to the Ohio Department of Education about the methods and frequency of communication with students and parents.

In addition, the Superintendent/designee collects performance data including, but not limited to, the number of participating students, total credits earned and extent to which student participation reflects diversity of the student body.

1 of 2

Back To Top

File:  IGBM-R

The Ohio Department of Education recommends that the Superintendent maintain a “library” of courses that were previously accepted to assist students, parents and teachers with understanding available options (or those unique to local contexts and regional economic development interests).


(Approval date: March 18, 2010)

2 of 2

Back To Top

File:  IGCA

SUMMER SCHOOLS

The Board may operate summer schools for students in grades one through 12.  Summer programs can be for students who need extra help in order to advance with their respective age groups or to provide enrichment, remedial and recreational experiences.

Special activities or programs for which a fee is to be charged may be conducted only with the approval of the Board.

Summer school is under the direction of the Director of Education.  Teachers for summer sessions are recruited from the District staff insofar as feasible.  The Board sets summer salaries and makes appointments upon the recommendation of the Superintendent.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3301.0711
                                       3313.608; 3313.57; 3313.641

CROSS REFS.:    IGBE, Remedial Instruction
                                IKE, Promotion and Retention of Students
                                IL, Testing Programs
                               JN, Student Fees, Fines and Charges

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGCB

EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAMS

There are times when nontraditional approaches to instructional objectives are appropriate.  To this end the Board has initiated experimental programs.

An experimental program must meet the following requirements.

    1.    The program or course is developed by a committee consisting of
           administrators, grade level and subject area specialists and consultants as
           needed.

    2.    The Board makes formal application to the Ohio Department of Education for
            permission to implement the program on an experimental basis.

    3.    The program or course must be approved by the Board and the Ohio
            Department of Education prior to implementation.

    4.    All instructional materials used in connection with this program are available for
           inspection by parents of participating students.

    5.    Students must be recommended for participation.  The parent(s) must provide
           approval for students under 18 years of age to participate.  A copy of the written
           approval must be retained in the school files.  Students who are 18 years of age
           or older must submit a written request to participate.  This request is kept on
           file.

    6.    The program is evaluated in terms of learning outcomes, student achievement
            and accomplishment of stated objectives.

    7.    At the end of an established period of time, the Superintendent recommends
           either inclusion or exclusion of the experimental program in the District’s
           educational offerings.

    8.    Fees are estimated for experimental programs as needed.  Participating
           students are expected to pay allowable fees at the beginning of the program.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3329.08
                               OAC    3301-35-04; 3301-35-06

CROSS REFS.:    IGCD, Educational Options (Also LEB)
                               JN, Student Fees, Fines and Charges

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGCD (Also LEB)

EDUCATIONAL OPTIONS

The Board recognizes that an effective educational program is one that provides opportunities for students to learn both within the classroom and for specific reasons beyond the traditional classroom and school day.  These expanded opportunities are viewed as educational options to supplement the regular school program.

The intent of educational options is to allow educators, other professionals, parents and others to work together to provide opportunities for students to learn in an independent or individual setting and to study or work with recognized experts in specific fields.  Educational options are seen as additional curricular opportunities to improve, expand and enrich student learning experiences and perspectives.

Independent study, distance learning, tutoring, mentoring and study abroad programs are representative of experiences which the Board views as educational options supplementing the regular school program.

Fees are established for educational options as needed.  Participating students are expected to pay fees upon beginning educational options.

The Superintendent develops regulations when the educational options are initiated.  Each program option developed is presented to the Board for adoption; its regulations are presented for approval.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    OAC    3301-35-01(B)(6); 3301-35-06

CROSS REFS.:    IGCB, Experimental Programs
                                IGCH, Postsecondary Enrollment Options (Also LEC)
                                IKE, Promotion and Retention of Students
                                IKF, Graduation Requirements
                                JN, Student Fees, Fines and Charges

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGCD-R (Also LEB-R)

EDUCATIONAL OPTIONS

When initiated, educational options must adhere to the following criteria.

    1.    The parent(s) must provide written approval for students under 18 years of age
           to participate.  A copy of the written approval must be retained in the school
           files.  Students 18 years of age or older must submit a written request to
           participate.  This request is kept on file.

    2.    An instructional plan which contains written measurable objectives must be
           submitted to, and approved by, the Superintendent.  Instructional objectives
           must align with the District curriculum requirements.

    3.    The instructional plan includes an outline specifying major instructional activities
           and identifying materials, resources, facilities and equipment needed to
           achieve instructional objectives.

    4.    Promotion and retention decisions for students, kindergarten through eighth
           grade, participating in an optional instructional plan are based on student
           performance relative to the objectives of the option.

    5.    The instructional plan includes a written plan for the evaluation of student
           performance.

    6.    In tutorial and independent study programs, a certificated/licensed teacher
           provides both the instruction and evaluation of students.  In all other cases, a
           certificated/licensed teacher provides only the evaluation of student progress.

    7.    The written instructional plan includes a time for the evaluation of the
           educational option.  Continuance of the option is determined by the results of
           evaluation.

    8.    Outside of PSEO credits, a maximum of four credits may be applied to those
           required for graduation for grades 9 through 12.  No more than four will be
           applied to the credits required for graduation in English, health, mathematics,
           physical education and social studies.

    9.    Such courses and programs will not compete with courses offered within the
           regular program of studies unless such are not available for the student when
           needed or are not being taken for credit.

(Approval date:  October 21, 2004)

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGCF

HOME EDUCATION

The Superintendent may excuse from compulsory school attendance, for not more than one school year at a time, any school-age child who is being instructed at home in accordance with the State Board of Education rules in the Ohio Administrative Code.

The child being instructed at home must be instructed by an individual with one of the following qualifications: 

    1.    a high school diploma;

    2.    a certificate of high school equivalence;

    3.    standardized test scores that demonstrate high school equivalence or

    4.    other credentials found appropriate by the Superintendent.

Lacking the above, the home teacher must work under the direction of a person holding a baccalaureate degree.

Any request to be excused must be made in writing by the parent(s) and must contain the information required by the Ohio Administrative Code.

The Superintendent approves the home education request unless he/she determines that the information required by the Ohio Administrative Code has not been provided or unless he/she has substantial evidence that the minimum educational requirements of the Ohio Administrative Code have not been met, despite the fact that the required information has been provided by the parent(s).

If the Superintendent intends to deny the request for home education, he/she notifies the parent(s) within 14 calendar days and informs the parent(s) of the reasons for the intent to deny the request and of the parent(s)’ right to a due process hearing before the Superintendent.

Upon substantial evidence of cessation of home education in accordance with the Ohio Administrative Code, the Superintendent notifies the parent(s) of the intent to revoke the excuse and of the parent(s)’ right to a due process hearing before the Superintendent.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3321.04
                               OAC    Chapter 3301-34

CROSS REFS.:    JECBC, Admission of Students from Nonchartered or Home Schooling
                                JEG, Exclusions and Exemptions from School Attendance

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGCF-R

HOME EDUCATION

    1.    The Superintendent requires the parent(s) to provide all information listed in the
           Ohio Administrative Code.

    2.    If the Superintendent approves the home education request, he/she shall do so
           in writing and maintain a file in his/her office containing a copy of the information
           supplied by the parent(s), a copy of the excuse for home education granted by
           the Superintendent, papers showing how the qualification of the person
           instructing the child was determined and all other documents relating to the
           child’s home education program.

    3.    If the Superintendent refuses a parental request for home education, he/she
           notifies the parent(s) of the right to a due process hearing before the
           Superintendent, and of the right to appeal the Superintendent’s decision at the
           due process hearing to the juvenile court of the county in which the District is
           located.

    4.    Academic assessment and remediation of home-instructed children should be
           performed in accordance with the Ohio Administrative Code.

(Approval date:  October 21, 2004)

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGCG

PRESCHOOL PROGRAM

The preschool program is guided by curriculum, written policies and regulations of the District which are consistent with applicable statutory requirements contained in the revised code and rules adopted by the State Board of Education.  Resources appropriate for children enrolled in the program include, but are not limited to:

    1.    staff;

    2.    cumulative records;

    3.    health and safety;

    4.    admission;

    5.    attendance and discipline;

    6.    selection and use of developmentally appropriate materials, equipment and
           resources that meet the intellectual, physical, social and emotional needs of the
           preschool child;

    7.    management of communicable diseases and

    8.    transportation and field trips.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3323.02
                                           3313.646
                              OAC    3301-37-01; 3301-37-02; 3301-37-11
                                           3301-69-09

CROSS REFS.:    EB, Safety Program
                                EBC, Emergency Plans
                                IICA, Field Trips
                               JHC, Student Health Services and Requirements
                               JHCCA, HIV/AIDS (Human Immunodeficiency Virus/Acquired Immune                  Deficiency Syndrome) (Also GBEA)
                               JHF, Student Safety
                               JO, Student Records

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGCH (Also LEC)

POSTSECONDARY ENROLLMENT OPTIONS

The law provides for student participation in the postsecondary enrollment option program and permits 9th through 12th grade students to enroll at any participating college/university on a full- or part-time basis and complete nonsectarian courses for high school and/or college credit.

The Board directs the Superintendent or his/her designee to develop and establish procedures and necessary administrative guidelines to ensure that programs are in accordance with state requirements.

The administrative guidelines contain the following.

    1.    General information about this option is distributed to all 8th through 11th grade
           students and parent(s) by March 1.

    2.    Notification to participate by the student to the District is required by March 31.

    3.    Counseling services are provided to students and parent(s) prior to
            participation in the program.

    4.    The college/university must notify the District of those students who have
           enrolled in the program.

    5.    Information about enrollment options for students must be provided.

    6.    Information concerning college and high school graduation credit for students
           enrolled in the program must be offered.

    7.    The calculation of full-time enrollment including the maximum number of
           Carnegie units and conversion of college courses to high school courses is
            provided.

    8.    Financial responsibilities of the student and District, including tuition, books,
           materials, fees and transportation reimbursement, are discussed.

If a student is expelled from the District, the Board will deny high school credit for college courses taken during the period of the student's expulsion.

The Superintendent must send written notice of a student's expulsion to the college where the student is taking courses to receive high school credit.  The notice must state the date the expulsion is scheduled to expire and whether the Board has denied high school credit for postsecondary education courses taken during the expulsion.  If the expulsion period is extended, the Superintendent must notify the college of the extension.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3365.01-3365.15
                               OAC    3301-44-01 through 3301-44-09

CROSS REF.:    IGCD, Educational Options (Also LEB)

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGCH-R (Also LEC-R)

POSTSECONDARY ENROLLMENT OPTIONS

The District is required to notify all 8th through 11th grade students and their parents about the postsecondary enrollment options by March 1 of each school year in which the student wishes to enroll.

Student and/or parent(s) are required to inform the Board of intent to participate by March 31 of the year in which the student wishes to enroll.  Failure of the student to inform the Board of intent to participate shall result in the Superintendent’s determining the student’s participation.

The District is required to provide counseling services to students prior to their participation in the program.  Counseling services are to include but not be limited to:

      1.    grade status as locally determined;

      2.    acceptance by college/university;

      3.    options required by State law;

      4.    financial arrangements for fees related to tuition, books and materials;

      5.    process of granting academic credits;

      6.    criteria for transportation aid;

      7.    available support services;

      8.    scheduling;

      9.    consequences of failing or not completing a course;

    10.    the effect of program participation on student’s ability to complete District
             graduation requirements;

    11.    academic and social responsibilities of students and parents relative to this
             program;

    12.    information/encouragement of college counseling services and

    13.    encouragement of all students exhibiting the ability to consider this program.

If the District does not receive notification of acceptance from the college within a reasonable time after application is made, the District shall contact the college.

The student may opt to receive college credit only or both college and high school credit.  The student must designate his/her choice at the time of enrollment.

If a student completes a college/university course, the Board shall award him/her appropriate credit toward high school graduation if, at the time of enrollment, he/she elects to receive credit for courses toward fulfilling the graduation requirements.

1 of 3

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGCH-R (Also LEC-R)

High school credit awarded for courses successfully completed counts toward graduation requirements and subject area requirements.

    1.    The Board awards comparable credit for the course/courses completed at the
           college/university.

    2.    If no comparable course is offered, the Board grants an appropriate number of
           credits in a comparable area.

    3.    Any disputes between the student and the Board regarding high school credits
           granted for a course may be appealed by the student to the State Board of
           Education.

    4.    The student’s records must show evidence of successful completion of each
           course and the high school credits awarded.

    5.    Credits earned under the postsecondary enrollment program are included in the
           student’s grade-point average.  College credits count as the equivalent District
           grade.  If the District has a weighted grading system, the high school
           principal/designee determines the equivalent District grade for the college
           grade.

High School/College Enrollment

    1.    A 9th grade student may not receive credit toward high school graduation for
           more than the equivalent of four academic school years.

    2.    A 10th grade student may not receive credit toward high school graduation for
           more than the equivalent of three academic school years.

    3.    An 11th grade student may not receive credit toward high school graduation for
           more than the equivalent of two academic school years.

    4.    A 12th grade student may not enroll for more than the equivalent of one
            academic school year.

    5.    Proportionate reductions are made for any student who enrolls in the program
           during the course of a school year.

    6.    A student shall be enrolled for a minimum of four courses/classes per semester
           in order to be considered a full-time student for program purposes.

    7.    The maximum number of Carnegie units that may be earned during the
           academic year is the total of the high school courses and college courses.  The
           total may not exceed the number of courses for full-time status.

    8.    College courses for which five semester hours (7.5 quarter hours) are earned
           are awarded one Carnegie unit toward high school graduation credit.

2 of 3

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGCH-R (Also LEC-R)

Financial Responsibilities

    1.    If a student elects to enroll for college credit only, the student is responsible for
           all costs associated with the course.

    2.    If a student elects to enroll for the combination high school/college credit, the
           District is responsible for all costs associated with the course.

    3.    If a student fails to complete the course due to class drop process or
           nonattendance, the student or parent(s) are responsible for all costs associated
           with the course.

    4.    The following process shall be used to collect all course costs.

           A.    The District may determine and accept other reasons, including medical
                   reasons, for failure to complete the course.

            B.    Students enrolled for the combination of high school/college credit are not
                    eligible for financial aid from the college.

            C.    Upon parental application and determination of need according to the
                    provision of The National School Lunch Act, a student enrolling for the
                    combination of high school and college credit in the program may receive
                    full or partial reimbursement for the necessary costs of transportation
                    between the secondary school which he/she attends and the
                    college/university in which he/she is enrolled.

            D.    Reimbursement for course costs, transportation costs or District liability
                    will not be made if the student enrolls in a college course while he/she is
                    also a full-time student in the District.

Other Considerations

    1.    A student enrolled in the program follows the District attendance policy, as well
           as the District Code of Conduct, for curricular and extracurricular activities. 
           These policies and codes are applicable during the time the student is
            attending high school and is on school property for any class or activity.

    2.    The student enrolled in this program must recognize that the master schedule is
            not altered or adjusted in order to permit enrollment.  Adjustments to individual
            schedules may be made by the school administration.

    3.    The District adheres to the Ohio High School Athletic Association for eligibility
            to participate in athletics.  In order to be eligible, the student must have passed
            five courses during the prior grading period.  The five courses may be a
            combination of high school and college courses.

(Approval date:  October 21, 2004)

3 of 3

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGCI

COMMUNITY SERVICE

The District is committed to preparing its students for active participation in community affairs in keeping with the tradition of volunteerism.  The implementation of a community service program provides students with the opportunity to receive training and support to assist them in becoming valuable community members.
 
Community service is an unpaid activity that provides service to an individual or group to address a school or community need.  The activity must be developmentally appropriate and meaningful to the student. 

The District offers community service education that acquaints students with the history and importance of volunteer service and with a wide range of existing community needs.  Community service opportunities may be considered an elective towards graduation.

Through participation in community service, students have the opportunity to:

    1.    develop knowledge and respect for community and citizenship;

    2.    learn that problems can be solved by working together;

    3.    understand the responsibilities involved in citizenship;

    4.    explore career opportunities;

    5.    increase self-esteem and appreciation for others;

    6.    become sensitive to others and appreciate cultural diversity and

    7.    overcome interpersonal barriers.

Once the program for community service education has been established, students are ready to begin earning credit hours which may be used to meet graduation requirements.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3313.605
                               OAC    3301-35-04

CROSS REFS.:    IKF, Graduation Requirements
                                JGD, Student Suspension
                                JGE, Student Expulsion

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGD

COCURRICULAR AND EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES

The purpose of education is to develop the whole person of the student.  For this reason an educational program must embody, as an essential element, activities which involve students beyond the classroom and foster the values which result from interaction and united effort.  Such activities form a logical extension of the required and general curriculum and the elective or special curriculum.

The Board has established the criteria for cocurricular and extracurricular activities consistent with its philosophy of, and goals for, education.  All student activity programs must:

    1.    have educational value for students;

    2.    be in balance with other curricular offerings in the schools and be supportive of,
           and never in competition with, the academic program and

    3.    be managed in a professional manner.

The following guidelines govern the student activity programs.

    1.    Student activities are those school-sponsored activities which are voluntarily
           engaged in by students, have the approval of the school administration and do
           not carry credit toward promotion or graduation.

    2.    Each school, under the direction of the principal and certificated staff, has a
           student activity program designed to stimulate student growth and development
           by supplementing and enriching the curricular activities.  All receipts and
           expenditures are accounted for through the activity account.

    3.    Each activity should be designed to contribute directly to the educational, civic,
           social and ethical development of the students involved.

    4.    The student activity program receives the same attention in terms of philosophy,
           objectives, social setting, organization and evaluation as that given the regular
           school curriculum.

    5.    Each school develops written guidelines and procedures regulating the
           creation, organization, administration and dissolution of student activity
           programs.  The Superintendent reports annually to the Board the general
           purposes, plans and financial status of the cocurricular and extracurricular
           programs of the District.

    6.    The expenses involved in participating in any school activity and in the total
           program for a school year should be set so that a majority of the students may
           participate without financial strain.  Special consideration may be given in
           cases in which the expense of participating would result in exclusion.

    7.    Activities must be open to all students, regardless of race, color, national origin,
           citizenship status, religion, gender, economic status, age or disability.

1 of 2

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGD

      8.    Activities must not place undue burdens upon students, teachers or schools.

      9.    Activities do not interfere with regularly scheduled classes.  This limitation
             often requires conducting such activities beyond the regular school day.

    10.    Activities at any level should be unique, not duplications of others already in
              operation.

    11.    Students suspended and expelled from school are banned from extracurricular
              activities.  Students may also be suspended from extracurricular activities for
              violations of the Student Code of Conduct or the code of conduct of the
              particular activity in which they participate.  Students absent from school are
              not permitted to participate in extracurricular activities on that date.

    12.    Annually, the Board directs the Superintendent/designee to identify
              supplemental contract positions that supervise, direct or coach a student
              activity program which involves athletic, routine/regular physical activity or
              health and safety considerations.  Upon the identification of the position, the
              individual must complete the requirements established by the Ohio
              Department of Education, State law and the Ohio Administrative Code.

    13.    Students may be expelled for up to one year for firearm-related or knife-related
              incidents occurring off school property while at an interscholastic competition,
              extracurricular event or other school-sponsored activity.

    14.    Students may be removed from extracurricular activities when their presence
              poses a continuing danger to persons or property or an ongoing threat of
              disruption.  If a student is removed from extracurricular activities, such removal
              may include all extracurricular activities in which the student is involved.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3313.58; 3313.59; 3313.664
                                           3315.062
                              OAC    3301-35-06

CROSS REFS.:    DJ, Purchasing
                                IGDB, Student Publications
                                IGDC, Student Social Events
                                IGDF, Student Fund-Raising Activities
                                IGDG, Student Activities Funds Management
                                IGDJ, Interscholastic Athletics
                                IGDK, Interscholastic Extracurricular Eligibility
                               JECBC, Admission of Students from Nonchartered or Home Schooling
                               JGD, Student Suspension
                               JGDA, Emergency Removal of Student
                               JGE, Student Expulsion
                               JL, Student Gifts and Solicitations

2 of 2

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGDB

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS

The Board encourages student publications as classroom-related learning experiences in such courses as English and journalism and as extracurricular activities.  These allow for coverage of student activities and the writing and printing of original literary and artistic productions; however, certain necessary guidelines are established to regulate the publication and dissemination of student publications.

School-Sponsored Publications

School publications afford an educational experience for students interested in this activity and should provide an opportunity for the sincere expression of all facets of student opinion.  These guidelines are as follows.

    1.    Faculty advisors advise on matters of style, grammar, format and suitability of
           materials.

    2.    The school publication reflects the policy and judgment of the student editors. 
            Material of a controversial nature should not be prohibited unless it:

            A.    threatens to disrupt the educational process of the school, damage other
                    individuals or advocate conduct that otherwise is inconsistent with the
                    shared values of a civilized social order (e.g., advocating drug or alcohol
                    use);

            B.    threatens any person or group within the school or advocates unlawful
                   discrimination;

            C.    advocates violation of the law or official school regulations;

            D.    is considered false or libelous, based upon available facts, and

            E.    is potentially harmful to juveniles or offensive according to community
                   standards as to what is suitable for juveniles.

    3.    The final decision as to the suitability of material rests with the principal after
           consultation with the student editor and faculty advisor.  Parties have the right of
           appeal to the Superintendent.

Nonschool-Sponsored Publications

Students who edit, publish and/or wish to distribute nonschool-sponsored handwritten, printed or duplicated matter among their fellow students in the schools must assume responsibility for the content of the publication.  Students may be restricted as to the time and place of distribution or may be prohibited from distributing such publications

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    U.S. Const. Amend. I
                               ORC    3313.66; 3313.661

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGDC

STUDENT SOCIAL EVENTS

All student functions held in the name of the District must be approved by the principal and supervised by one or more faculty members or approved volunteers.

All school functions such as parties, dances, etc. are held in the school building unless otherwise approved by the principal and/or Superintendent.

Outsiders are not permitted to attend such functions unless so permitted by the building principal.  Students present, together with chaperones, are held accountable for proper care of facilities used.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3313.53; 3313.58; 3313.59
                                            3315.062
                               OAC    3301-35-02; 3301-35-03

CROSS REFS.:    IGD, Cocurricular and Extracurricular Activities
                                IICC, School Volunteers

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGDF

STUDENT FUND-RAISING ACTIVITIES

The Board believes in providing opportunities for students to participate through cocurricular and extracurricular activities in fund-raising projects which contribute to their educational growth and which do not conflict with the instructional program.  Since the Ohio Revised Code and the Auditor’s Office mandate careful accounting of the receipt and expenditure of such funds, all fiscal operations of student groups must be in compliance with the following guidelines.  All such related activities must be:

    1.    conducted by a recognized student group for the purpose of contributing to
           educational objectives;
    2.    appropriate to the age or grade level;
    3.    activities in which schools may appropriately engage;
    4.    conducted under the supervision of teachers, advisors or administrators;
    5.    conducted in such a manner and at such times as not to encroach upon
            instructional time or interfere with regularly scheduled school classes and
           activities;
    6.    scheduled so as not to be unduly demanding on secretarial, teacher and
           principal time or work;
    7.    evaluated annually by teachers, advisors, administrators and students;
    8.    limited in number so as not to become a burden or nuisance to the community
           and
    9.    sensitive to direct competition with fund-raising efforts sponsored by
           recognized groups and organizations within the community.

The application of the above criteria for student sales and activities is supervised by the building principal with the approval of the Superintendent.  Each principal submits to the Superintendent a list of the proposed sales or fund drives which the school plans to conduct during the school year and the purpose for which the funds are going to be used.  The Superintendent then indicates his/her approval or disapproval within the limitations of the above criteria.

Funds derived from approved student fund-raising activities are handled by the Treasurer’s office in accordance with the State Auditor’s requirements.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3313.20; 3313.51; 3313.53; 3313.811
                                            3315.062
                                            5705.41; 5705.412

CROSS REFS.:    IGD, Cocurricular and Extracurricular Activities
                                IGDG, Student Activities Funds Management
                                IICA, Field Trip
                               JL, Student Gifts and Solicitations

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGDF-R

STUDENT FUND-RAISING ACTIVITIES

The following guidelines must be followed for any activity that involves fund raising by or from students.

Any fund-raising activities involving students must meet the following conditions:

    1.    All student fund-raising activities must be in compliance with State law and the
           requirements of the Ohio Auditor’s Office.

    2.    Use of instructional time is to be limited in planning, conducting, assessing or
           managing a fund-raising activity, unless such an activity is part of an approved
           course of study.

    3.    Fund-raising activities conducted in a school or on other District premises are
           not to interfere with the conduct of any cocurricular or extracurricular activity. 
           Students involved in the fund-raiser are not to interfere with students
           participating in other activities in order to solicit funds.

    4.    In accordance with Board policy, each fund-raising activity occurring on or off
           District premises must be approved by the Superintendent or his/her designee. 
           In order to be approved, the group leader or advisor must submit a proposal
           which is in compliance with the Ohio Auditor’s requirements.

    5.    Each recognized school-sponsored student group must submit in writing to the
           Treasurer a statement which identifies the purpose of the fund-raising activity
           and the reason for raising the money as well as all other items required by the
           Ohio Auditor.

    6.    Student groups can have only one fund-raiser per year unless approved by the
           Superintendent.

    7.    Notice of fund-raising activities is posted in school newsletters for parent
           information.

     8.    All participants soliciting from and/or selling to service organizations,
             businesses or the general public must carry and understand a cover letter
             explaining the specific purpose of their project.

      9.    Requests for purchases from student activities funds can be made only by
             faculty advisors, coaches or teachers assigned to an activity.

    10.    Elementary students (K-5) are discouraged from selling items or soliciting
             donations by going door to door.

    11.    Pep rallies or assemblies promoting aggressive student selling, prizes,
             awards or incentives are discouraged.

1 of 3

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGDF-R

    12.    All prizes, awards and incentives must be approved by the principal.

    13.     Contracts with outside suppliers for merchandise to be sold in a fund-raising
               activity are to be reviewed by the principal and signed by the staff member in
               charge, who shall be personally responsible for the merchandise sold and
               monies collected.  The contract must specify that any merchandise which is
               unsold and is resalable by the supplier can be returned for full credit.  The
               District is not be responsible for any unsold merchandise that cannot be
               returned to a supplier for credit for any reason.

    14.    Fund-raising activities off District premises shall be voluntary.  If an activity
              involves the students providing a service in return for money, such as a car
              wash, a member of certificated staff or approved adult volunteers(s) shall
              supervise the activity at all times.  His/Her responsibility is to ensure that the
              service is provided in a proper manner, and also to ensure the safety and
              well-being of the students and the property of both the purchaser and the
              owner of the site.

    15.    Any fund raisers that require students to exert themselves physically beyond
              their normal pattern of activity, such as runs for charity, must be monitored by a
              staff member who has the necessary knowledge and training to recognize and
              deal appropriately with a situation in which one or more students may be
               overexerting themselves to the point of potential injury.

    16.      The staff member in charge should establish procedures to ensure that all
                merchandise is properly stored, distributed and accounted for, and a report
                should be made within five days after the end of the fund-raiser.  The report
                should indicate:

                A.    cost of items or merchandise;

                B.    amount of money projected and amount of money raised;

                C.    any differences between the actual activity and the planned activity;

                D.    any problems that occurred and how resolved;

                E.    when and where funds are deposited and

                F.    if merchandise was involved, how many items were offered for sale, how
                       many sold, the amount of money collected and the disposition of any
                       unsold items.

    17.      Donations to the District to be used for fund-raising activities must be
               approved by the Board or its designee.

    18.     Failure to follow these regulations could result in the suspension or loss of
               fund-raising approval.

School and Community Service Project Definitions

        1.    Fund-Raising Activities

2 of 3

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGDF-R

               A.    Any donation, product or service solicited from and/or sold to community
                       service organizations, businesses or the general public.

               B.    Any awards, prizes or incentives offered as part of a student selling
                       activity.  Examples:

                       1)    candy sales
                       2)    magazine sales
                       3)    carnival for profit

    2.    School Service Projects

               A.    Any project done to service or benefit students, teachers or parents
                       which involves no soliciting of donations, products or services from
                       community service organizations, businesses or the general public. 
                       Examples:

                      1)    skate parties
                      2)    pizza parties
                      3)    Mother's Day gifts
                      4)    carnival for nonprofit

              B.    Any profit-intended project, completed in-house, which principally involves
                      students, teachers or parents requiring no soliciting of donations,
                      products or services from community service organizations, businesses
                      or the general public.
                      Examples:

                     1)    concession stands
                     2)    school pictures
                     3)    book fairs
                     4)    sale of miscellaneous items (caps, t-shirts, jackets, etc.)

    3.    Community Service Projects

            A.    Any project which involves open solicitation, is completely nonprofit and is
                    charitable in nature.  Examples:

                     1)    holiday food drives
                     2)    generation of funds for a recognized charity
                     3)    funds for scholarships/grants

(Approval date:  October 21, 2004)

3 of 3

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGDF-E

FUND RAISER REQUEST FORM

Date:________________________

Name of Club/Organization:                        

Proposed Sale Project______________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

Purpose of Project (How money is to be used)_____________________________

________________________________________________________________

Company Name and Address_________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

Proposed Dates for Sale Campaign____________________________________          
Quantity Ordered _______________        Cost Per Unit $____________________   

Proposed Sale Price Per Unit_________________________________________                
Requested By:    Sponsor/Advisor______________________________________                
Approved By:    Principal_____________________________________________
                           Superintendent_________________________________________
                           Treasurer_____________________________________________                
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BOTTOM PORTION TO BE COMPLETED AFTER THE SALE

Quantity Order                                     a _____ x $_______       = $________________           
Less Credit for Quantity Returned     b _____ x $_______       =$________________      
Equals Cost of Goods Sold                                                             $________________ 

Quantity Sold            c __________ x $__________                = $________________

Less Cost of Goods Sold                                                                $________________  

Net Profit or (Loss)                                                                           $________________           
Quantity Unaccounted for         d ______________ (Please Explain on Reverse Side)
Note:  a minus b, c and d must equal zero.

Sponsor/Advisor_________________________________Date________________            
Principal_______________________________________Date________________            
Treasurer______________________________________Date________________

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGDG

STUDENT ACTIVITIES FUNDS MANAGEMENT

To safeguard and provide for the efficient financial operation of student activities, the funds of these activities are managed as follows.

    1.    The Superintendent designates an individual to serve as the activity account
            clerk under the jurisdiction of the Treasurer.  The Treasurer is authorized to
            receive and disburse student funds in support of the entire school activity
            program.  The Treasurer is directly responsible for the proper accounting of
            student activities funds.

    2.    Requests for purchases from student activities funds can be made only by
           faculty advisors, coaches or teachers assigned to an activity.  These requests
           must be approved in writing by the school principal or other person designated
           by the Superintendent.  Funds must be available before such purchases may be
           authorized.  Expenses are subject to Board approval.

     3.    An accounting of all student funds is made monthly and a report of all accounts
           is made by the Treasurer to the Superintendent and the Board.  The account
           system complies with the regulations of the Ohio Auditor.  The system
           separates and verifies each transaction and shows the sources from which the
           revenue is received, the amount collected, source and the amount expected for
           each purpose.

    4.    When an unexpended balance remains in the account of a graduating class
           (Fund 200), the class should specifically indicate its intent to the Board for the
          disposal of such funds.  When the graduating class does not specify how these
           funds are to be spent, within six months of graduation, the funds are given to the
           Miamisburg Schools Education Foundation.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3313.51; 3313.53; 3313.811
                                            3315.062
                                            5705.41; 5705.412

CROSS REFS.:    DH, Bonded Employees and Officers
                                DI, Fiscal Accounting and Reporting
                                DIB, Types of Funds
                                DJ, Purchasing
                                DJF, Purchasing Procedures
                                IGD, Cocurricular and Extracurricular Activities
                                IGDF, Student Fund-Raising Activities
                                JL, Student Gifts and Solicitations

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGDG-R

STUDENT ACTIVITIES FUNDS MANAGEMENT

Establishment of Individual Activity Accounts

An activity account may be established for any student activity which receives more than $50 per year at the discretion of the certificated sponsor/adviser.

    Annual Authorization and Approval of Building Student Activities

    1.    Each principal shall authorize annually all student activities and shall approve
           individual budgets prepared for each activity.  Such annual authorization and
           approval by the principal shall occur by September 1 of each school year,
           unless the principal specifically authorizes such delay to individual activity
           sponsors/advisers, in which case, authorization and approval shall occur no
           later than October 1.

    2.    The principal shall forward the authorized policies and/or purposes of each
           activity to the Superintendent for final approval and shall provide the
           Superintendent with a copy of the budget approved for each activity.

Expenditures

Prior to approving a purchase order, the principal should ascertain that there are sufficient funds to cover such expenditure.  The certificated sponsor/advisor or the classified person in each building assigned to this responsibility shall be required to maintain a record of all receipts and expenditures and should be prepared to provide this information to the principal upon request.

(Approval date:  October 21, 2004)

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGDJ

INTERSCHOLASTIC ATHLETICS

Participation by students in athletic competition is a privilege subject to Board policies and regulations.  While the Board takes great pride in winning, it emphasizes and requires good sportsmanship and positive mental attitude as a prerequisite to participation.

The Superintendent and administrative staff schedule frequent conferences with all physical education instructors, coaches and athletic directors to develop a constructive approach to physical education and athletics throughout the District and to maintain a program that is an educational activity.

Interscholastic sports programs are subject to approval by the Board.  The building principal is responsible for the administration of the interscholastic athletic program within his/her school.  In discharging this responsibility the principal consults with the athletic directors, coaches and physical education instructors on various aspects of the interscholastic athletic program.  It is the responsibility of the principal and his/her staff to ensure the proper management of all athletic and physical education programs and the safety of students and the public.

Coaches are required to complete an approved course in sports-related first aid training and a course in cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) in order to qualify to serve as a coach.

In the conduct of interscholastic athletic programs, the rules, regulations and limitations outlined by the Ohio High School Athletic Association (OHSAA) must be followed.  It is the responsibility of the District’s voting delegate to OHSAA to advise the management team of all pending changes in OHSAA’s regulations.

Eligibility requirements for participating in athletic programs must conform to regulations of the OHSAA.  They include the requirements that a student have the written permission of his/her parent(s) and shall have been determined as physically fit for the chosen sport by a licensed physician.

All students participating in interscholastic athletics must purchase insurance available through the school, or the parent(s) must sign a waiver ensuring that such coverage is not necessary.

As character building is one of the major objectives of interscholastic athletics, the athlete assumes responsibility for regulating his/her personal life in such ways as make him/her a worthy representative of his/her school.

Any student may be suspended from an athletic team practice and competition for a period of time, designated by the principal, for infraction of school rules and regulations or for any other unacceptable conduct in or out of school.

Students are ineligible for athletics for one year when they transfer from one district to another without changing residency.  Transfers within the school district are not affected.

Foreign exchange students not enrolled in a state-approved educational or exchange program must be legally adopted by a resident of that school district in order to be eligible for athletics.

1 of 2

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGDJ

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    2305.23; 2305.231
                                            3313.66; 3313.661; 3313.664
                                            3315.062
                               OAC    3301-27
                                            3301-35-03(I)

CROSS REFS.:    IGDK, Interscholastic Extracurricular Eligibility
                                JGD, Student Suspension
                                JGE, Student Expulsion
                                          Student Handbooks

2 of 2

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGDK

INTERSCHOLASTIC EXTRACURRICULAR ELIGIBILITY

Interscholastic extracurricular activities are defined as school-sponsored student activities involving more than one school or school district.

The Board recognizes the values associated with and gained as a result of participation in those interscholastic extracurricular activities; and further recognizes the need for academic incentives for participation.  It is therefore determined that the District adheres to the Ohio High School Athletic Association for eligibility in order to participate in any interscholastic extracurricular activities. Students must meet the following minimum requirements:

The Board of Education permits students in grades 7 – 12 to participate in interscholastic extracurricular activities if they receive a failing grade in the previous grading period.

A student in grades 9 – 12  will be excluded from participating in the activity if he/she has less than a 1.0 grade point average (on a 4.0 scale) at the end of each grading period.

A student enrolled in 9th grade in the first grading period after advancement from the eighth grade must have passed 75% of those subjects carried in the preceding grading period.

While in high school, a student must have passed a minimum of five one-credit courses or the equivalent in the immediately preceding grading period. The five courses may be a combination of high school and college courses.

A student enrolling in the seventh grade for the first time will be eligible for the first grading period regardless of previous academic achievement.  Thereafter, in order to be eligible, a student in grade 7 or 8 must have received passing grades in 75% of those subjects carried in the preceding grading period in which the student was enrolled.
   
Weekly “F” Policy

A student must not be failing (F) two subjects per week on the eligibility check.  If a student is in violation of this check, he/she will be ineligible to participate in any activity for the next full week.  Weekly eligibility for students will be determined by the teachers of the District. A Monday to Sunday time line is in effect for eligibility.

All other eligibility requirements of this Board and coaches and, in the case of interscholastic athletics, the Ohio High School Athletic Association requirements must be met in addition to those declared in this resolution

1 of 2

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGDK

For Purposes of This Resolution

    A.    Interscholastic extracurricular activities means a student activity program that a
            school or school district sponsors or participates in and that includes
            participates from more than one school or school district.

    B.    Grade point averages shall be calculated using the following scale:

             A =    4.0    O =    4.0
             B =    3.0    S =    2.0
             C =    2.0    U =    0.0
             D =    1.0

    C.    Summer school grades earned may not be used to substitute for failing grades
            from the preceding grading period of the regular school year.

    D.    In addressing ORC 3313.535 (D), the Board has adopted these policies and
            they shall apply to all students enrolled in this District.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]
[Revised: February 17, 2005]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    2305.23; 2305.231
                                            3313.535; 3313.66; 3313.661
                                            3315.062
                               OAC    3301-27
                                            3301-35-03(I)

CROSS REFS.:    IGD, Cocurricular and Extracurricular Activities
                                IGDJ, Interscholastic Athletics
                                JFC, Student Conduct

2 of 2

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGE

ADULT EDUCATION PROGRAMS

The Board recognizes that it has an educational responsibility to the entire community and to lifelong education.  Accordingly, adult education courses may be provided to meet the needs of adults and out-of-school youth for basic education, general and academic education, occupational education and development of special interests in various arts, crafts and recreation.

The Superintendent or his/her designee administers the adult education program supported by a combination of District funds, state and federal aid and fees.  State aid is requested for all courses for which the state offers such aid.  Adults who attend such programs are expected to comply with established rules and regulations.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3313.52; 3313.53; 3313.531; 3313.54; 3313.58; 3313.641; 3313.644
                               OAC    3301-35-05

CROSS REF.:    IGAD, Occupational Education (Career and Technical Education)

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGED

DIPLOMA OF ADULT EDUCATION

The Board grants a Diploma of Adult Education to any adult who has completed the required 21 units for earning a high school diploma.  These 21 units can consist of no more than six equivalent high school credits for adult students’ life experiences.  The life experiences may include work and volunteer experience; completion of academic, vocational or self-improvement courses and other experiences judged by the Board as providing knowledge, learning experiences and competencies comparable to those gained in the classroom.  School staff evaluate the applicant’s application for the Diploma of Adult Education.  Each application must be approved by the Superintendent.

To be eligible to receive equivalent high school credits for the Diploma of Adult Education, an applicant must be at least 22 years old, be a resident of the District and not have been issued a high school certificate of attendance or diploma.

The District must make provisions to administer the Ohio High School Graduation Qualifying Examination to any eligible adult with exceptions for disabled persons.  The adult must pass all subtests of the Ohio High School Graduation Qualifying Examination.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]


LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3301.0710; 3301.0711
                                            3313.611; 3313.645
                                            3317.024
                               OAC    3301-13-02; 3301-13-05; 3301-13-06
                                            3301-35-01; 3301-35-02

CROSS REFS.:    IKF, Graduation Requirements
                                IL, Testing Programs

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGED-R

DIPLOMA OF ADULT EDUCATION

The Board grants a Diploma of Adult Education to any adult who has completed the required 21 units for earning a high school diploma.  These 21 units can consist of at least one-half and no more than six equivalent high school units for adult students’ life experiences.

Criteria for Issuing Adult Diplomas

Any eligible adult is awarded the Diploma of Adult Education if the individual:

    1.    is at least 22 years old and currently resides in the District;

    2.    has earned a minimum of one-half and maximum of six equivalent adult high
           school units;

    3.    has earned sufficient high school units as required by the District for high school
           graduation, including equivalent life experience units, adult high school
           continuation units and chartered high school units and

    4.    has passed the Ohio High School Graduation Qualifying Examination in
           reading, writing, mathematics, science and citizenship or has been excused
           from the test because of a disabling condition described in the Ohio Revised
           Code.

    All four requirements must be satisfied.

Program Elements Basis for Awarding Equivalent Adult High School Credits

According to the procedures established by the Board for granting equivalent adult high school units, the Board may award those units for successful completion of the following.

    1.    Educational option approved by the Board must be in compliance with the
           provisions of the Ohio Administrative Code.

    2.    The certificated staff will evaluate the documentation of life experiences.  The
           life experiences must demonstrate the competencies that the Board has
           approved as equivalent to those attained in a classroom setting.  Those may
           include one or more of the following:

           A.    work experience;

           B.    experience as a volunteer;

          C.    completion of an academic, vocational or self-improvement course and

          D.    other life experiences judged by the District Board to provide knowledge,
                  learning experiences and competencies comparable to those attained in a
                  classroom setting.

1 of 3

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGED-R

    3.    Staff holding certificates appropriate for the subject in which equivalent credit is
            granted shall provide instruction and/or evaluate the applicant’s performance in
            tutorial and independent study programs.

    4.    Staff holding certificates for the subject in which credit is granted shall evaluate
            the applicant’s performance in correspondence courses, educational travel,
            mentor programs and portfolio development.

    5.    Each applicant’s learning experiences and competencies are evaluated in
            terms of their equivalence to experiences and competencies attained through   
            the regular classroom instruction.  The evaluation is based on a review of the
            following components of the regular classroom program:

           A.    subject objectives;

           B.    instructional activities, materials and environment and

           C.    criteria and methods of assessing student performance.

    6.    Coordination of this program is under the direction of the high school principal
           or his/her designee.  The Superintendent certifies all applications for a Diploma
           of Adult Education and the Board grants the diploma.

For Item 1 above – A high school counselor evaluates the transcript of an applicant to determine units to be completed to fulfill the District’s curriculum requirements.

For Item 2 above – The same counselor meets with the applicant.  The counselor prepares an instructional plan and advises regarding courses needed and equivalency credit documentation in the form of a portfolio which is needed to complete District requirements for graduation.  At least one-half and no more than six life experience units may be counted toward those needed to earn a Diploma of Adult Education.

The President and Treasurer of the Board and the Superintendent shall sign the Diploma of Adult Education.  Each diploma shall bear the date of its issuance, be in such form as the Board prescribes and be paid for from the District’s general fund.

Administering the Ohio High School Graduation Qualifying Examination to Eligible Adults

The Board must make provisions to administer the Ohio High School Graduation Qualifying Examination to any eligible adult who is scheduled to earn a diploma.

Exceptions can be made for disabled adults.  The tests are to be administered twice each year according to the Ohio Administrative Code.

The Ohio High School Graduation Qualifying Examination is limited to persons enrolled in an adult high school continuation program and/or to eligible persons who have earned at least one-half equivalent adult high school credit.

2 of 3

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGED-R

Although the Ohio High School Graduation Qualifying Examination is to be administered to eligible adults on the same days in the same manner as prescribed for high school students, the District may administer the tests to adults in the evening.

The test is to be provided and administered at no cost to the adult student.  The District administers the test and the State Board of Education provides the test and scoring.

All test security provisions apply, answer documents are scored and results are reported according to the Ohio Administrative Code.

By September 1 of each year, the District must notify the Director of the Division of Education Services, Ohio Department of Education, of the number of eligible adult students expected to take the Ohio High School Graduation Qualifying Examination in November of that year.

(Approval date:  October 21, 2004)

3 of 3

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IGEE

AWARDING OF HIGH SCHOOL DIPLOMAS TO VETERANS OF WAR

 

AWARDING OF HIGH SCHOOL DIPLOMAS TO VETERANS OF WAR

In order to recognize the contributions and sacrifices made by veterans who left high school prior to graduation to serve in the armed forces during World War II, the Korean Conflict or the Vietnam Conflict, the Board may award a high school diploma to any veteran of this state, or posthumously to a living relative of a deceased veteran of this state, who meets the requirements established by State law. 

The Board may grant a diploma to a World War II, Korean Conflict or Vietnam Conflict veteran if all of the following apply.

1.   The veteran either left a public or nonpublic high school located in any state prior to graduation:

       A.     In order to serve in the armed forces of the United States or

       B.     Due to family circumstances and subsequently entered the Armed forces of the United States.

                 2.     The veteran received an honorable discharge from the armed forces of the United States.

                 3.     The veteran has not been granted a diploma, honors diploma, a diploma of adult education or a diploma from another school.

The veteran is not required to take the GED or any graduation test in order to qualify for a diploma. 

The Governor’s Office of Veterans’ Affairs has developed and adopted an application form for use by all county veterans service offices.  Upon verification that all requirements have been met, the application is forwarded to the Board and the diploma may be awarded.

The Board may grant a high school diploma to any woman who left high school in any state during World War II, the Korean Conflict or the Vietnam Conflict if the woman either:

                 1.     left school to join the workforce to support her family or to join the war effort or

2.    left school due to family circumstances and subsequently joined the workforce or war effort.

The woman must either be a current resident of the state of Ohio or have been previously enrolled in an Ohio high school.

Veterans’ diplomas are presented in conjunction with appropriate events, programs or other occasions, as determined by the Superintendent.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]
[Revision date:  January 17, 2013]

LEGAL REFS.:  ORC  3313.61; 3313.611; 3313.612; 3313.614; 3313.616
                                        5902.02

CROSS REF.:     IGED, Diploma of Adult Education

Back To Top

File:  IHA

GROUPING FOR INSTRUCTION

The District may group students in order to increase the effectiveness of each teacher and to make it possible for the teacher to individualize instruction by narrowing the range of student needs within a particular class.  Assignment of students to classes should be done on the basis of what is best for the individual students.

Good administration takes into account the importance of parental understanding and acceptance of the grouping procedure used in the school.  The school principal should cooperate with parents and teachers and other staff members in striving for the most effective placement of students into classes.  The assignment of classes to teachers is the responsibility of the Superintendent, working in cooperation with the principals and the teachers concerned.

Grouping should be flexible.  Some students may be grouped together for one activity but regrouped for another activity.  Students should not, as a rule, remain in the same groups throughout the school year.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REF.:    OAC    3301-35-04

CROSS REFS.:    IE, Organization of Facilities for Instruction
                                IHB, Class Size

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IHB

CLASS SIZE

While the Board strives to provide the appropriate class size for each learning experience, there are times when temporary enrollment increases, differences in the organization of various schools and the number and size of available classrooms affect the number of students which must be assigned to a room.

The Superintendent’s recommendations for upper and lower limits on class size consist of the best professional knowledge relative to desirable class size, together with:

    1.    student load which helps teachers to be most effective;

    2.    the financial condition of the District and the willingness of the residents to
           provide for optimal class sizes;

    3.    the particular requirements of the subject being taught and

    4.    the presence of students with special needs in the class.

Circumstances may prohibit the achievement of optimal class sizes in all cases, but the Board believes firmly that high standards must be developed and maintained as constant guides.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3317.023; 3317.024; 3317.03
                               OAC    3301-35-04; 3301-35-05

CROSS REF.:    IHA, Grouping for Instruction

CONTRACT REF.:    Teachers’ Negotiated Agreement

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IHH

INDIVIDUALIZED INSTRUCTION

The Board will encourage instructional arrangements, programs and class instruction that will provide opportunities for a student to progress in school at his/her own pace.  This individual pace will allow the student to attain the highest achievement possible for him/her.  Such programming allows for individualized instruction.

Individualized instruction demands evaluation and measurement of student progress as much as other forms of instruction.  Evaluation will be tailored according to the nature of the instruction, the established student performance objectives and the subject objectives established for the course in which the individualized instruction is being provided.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IIA

INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS

As the governing body of the District, the Board is legally responsible for the selection of instructional materials.  Since the Board is a policy-making body, it delegates to the professional personnel of the District authority to recommend instructional and library materials.

Materials for school classrooms and school libraries are recommended by the appropriate professional personnel in consultation with the Superintendent, faculty and other sources as needed.  Final decision relative to purchase rests with the Superintendent, subject to official adoption by the Board in the case of textbooks.

The Board believes that it is the responsibility of the District to provide:

    1.    materials which enrich and support the curriculum, taking into consideration the
           varied interests, abilities and maturity levels of the students served;

    2.    materials which stimulate growth in factual knowledge, literary appreciation,
           aesthetic values and ethical standards;

    3.    a background of information which enables students to make intelligent
           judgments in their daily lives;

    4.    diverse viewpoints so that young citizens may develop, under guidance, the
           practice of analytical reading and thinking and

    5.    materials representative of the many religions and ethnic and cultural groups,
           showing their contributions to our American heritage.

The above principles serve as a guides in the selection of all instructional and library materials including, but not limited to, textbooks, supplementary books, library books, computer software, Internet access sites, films, videotapes, audiotapes and recordings.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3329.06; 3329.07; 3329.08
                                            3313.642
                               OAC    3301-35-04; 3301-35-06

CROSS REFS.:    EDE, Computer/On-Line Services (Acceptable Use and Internet Safety)
                                IIAA, Textbook Selection and Adoption
                                IIAC, Library Materials Selection and Adoption
                                INB, Teaching About Controversial Issues
                                KLB, Public Complaints About the Curriculum or Instructional Materials

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IIAA

TEXTBOOK SELECTION AND ADOPTION

In selecting textbooks for use in the District, the Board carefully considers the rights, freedoms and responsibilities of students, parents and teachers.  Efforts are made to:

    1.    preserve each student’s right to learn in an atmosphere of academic freedom;

    2.    support each teacher’s responsibility to exercise professional judgments in
           his/her work and at the same time supply teachers with an awareness of their
           responsibility to meet the District’s educational goals and objectives and

    3.    recognize the right of parents to influence the education of their children.  (The
           Board does not, however, allow the wishes of an individual parent to infringe 
           upon the rights of other students in any class.)

The Superintendent establishes textbook and/or curriculum committees, which include representation of teachers who use the texts, administrators and other staff members.  Students and parents may also be asked to serve on these committees.

The final decision on the recommendation of textbooks rests with the Superintendent, subject to official adoption by the Board.  Textbooks are adopted for a term of five years.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3313.642
                                            3315.17; 3315.171
                                            3329.01; 3329.05; 3329.06; 3329.07; 3329.08
                               OAC    3301-35-04; 3301-35-06

CROSS REFS.:    IIA, Instructional Materials
                                KLB, Public Complaints About the Curriculum or Instructional Materials

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IIAC

LIBRARY MATERIALS SELECTION AND ADOPTION

The Board believes the responsibility of the school library is to:

    1.    provide materials which enrich and support the curriculum, taking into
           consideration the varied interests, abilities and maturity levels of the students
           served;

    2.    provide materials which stimulate growth in factual knowledge, literary
           appreciation, aesthetic values and ethical standards;

    3.    provide a background of information which enables students to make intelligent
           judgments in their daily lives;

    4.    provide materials on opposing sides of controversial issues so that young
           citizens may develop, under guidance, the practice of critical reading and
           thinking;

    5.    provide materials representative of the many religious, ethnic and cultural
           groups and their contributions to our American heritage and

    6.    place principle above personal opinion and reason above prejudice in the
           selection of materials of the highest quality in order to ensure a comprehensive
           collection appropriate for the users of the library.

Initial purchase suggestions for library materials may come from personnel.  Students may also be encouraged to make suggestions.  The librarian/media specialist is responsible for evaluating and recommending all materials to be included in the school library.  Authority for distribution of funds rests with the building principal, subject to the approval of the Superintendent.

Gifts of library books are accepted in keeping with the above policy on selection as well as the Board’s policy on accepting gifts.  Complaints about library books are handled in compliance with Board policy on complaints about the curriculum or instructional materials.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3329.05; 3329.07
                               OAC    3301-35-04; 3301-35-06

CROSS REFS.:    IIA, Instructional Materials
                                INB, Teaching About Controversial Issues
                                KLB, Public Complaints About the Curriculum or Instructional Materials

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IIBH

Web Page Site Publishing
(Policies, Procedures, and Standards)

General Statement
The Miamisburg City School District allows schools and individual teachers/staff members to create their own web sites. The intent of these sites is to provide an electronic means of communication regarding information about curriculum, instruction, school-authorized activities, communication opportunities and general information relating to the class, school, or district. We intend to make available instructional materials and resources for students and staff.

Guidelines
Disclaimer
The Miamisburg City School District has made every reasonable attempt to insure that our web pages are educationally sound and do not contain links to any questionable materials or anything that can be deemed in violation of the Miamisburg City School District’s Acceptable Use Policy. All links must be appropriate for the audience. Web pages for individuals or organizations not directly affiliated with the District are not allowed. Web pages may not include content or links to sites whose primary purpose is commercial or political. The District disclaims any responsibility for violations of this policy. The individual will bear liability for any damage caused as a result of failing to adhere to the policy provisions.

Advertising or Sponsorships
Any use of advertising or sponsorships that appear on a school web site must be approved by the Superintendent or his/her designee.  Guidelines must be consistent with District policies and guidelines used in other District publications.

Content standards
The author posts pages to the MCS Web server, created by themselves or others. The author must confirm that all Web documents published meet all MCSD policies. Only staff members may become authors.
Each Web page must contain the following information:
   Author Information including email address
   Webmaster’s email address
   Copyrighted symbol and link to the District Copyright Policy
   Last updated date
   Link to the District Web page
   Must adhere to all local, state, and federal laws and regulations

No Web page may contain:
   Inappropriate material or links to inappropriate material
   Links to resources that do not exist
   Email address of students
   Identifiable pictures of students
   Full names of students
   Any graphics or information that is in violation of copyright laws
   Any graphics or information that is in violation of local, state, or federal laws
   Information which indicates the physical location of a student at a given time
   Information related to security matters (maps, etc.)

Subject matter
All subject matter on Web pages relate to the Miamisburg City School District curriculum, instruction, school-authorized activities, communication opportunities or general information relating to the class, school, or district. Staff or student work may be published on the Web page as it relates to a class project, course, or other school-related activity.

1 of 2

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IIBH

Web pages should contain information that is accurate and current. All communication via the District web pages will comply with the District Acceptable Use Policy and the Code of Conduct. Behavior and content prohibited by these policies include but are not limited to religious, racial and sexual harassment, advocacy of violence or obscene and/or pornographic material. Additionally, posting any material that is defamatory, libelous or slanderous is also prohibited.

Individuals are not to use the District web pages for personal gain or profit. The District will determine which entities; corporations, organizations and causes will be permitted to establish links or presence upon the District’s web sites.

Quality including design guidelines and technical standards
Guidelines and standards must adhere to all authoring standards of the web site publishing software, as created by the Miamisburg City School District.

Ownership and Retention
All web pages on the District’s server(s) are property of the District.
The District, through appropriate members of the administrative staff, retain the right to determine the appropriateness of web page content consistent with the guidelines and standards contained in Board policy. Content determined to be inappropriate shall be removed from District-sponsored web pages. Appeal of any decision to remove content by an affected staff member or student  may be made in writings to the Superintendent or his/her designee within five days of the removal of the content. The Superintendent or his/her designee will review the appeal, conduct an appropriate hearing if he/she feels it appropriate, and render a written decision within ten days of receipt of the appeal. The decision shall be final.

The author(s) is/are responsible for the Web sites. Due to the dynamic nature of the Web, it is not feasible for the District to approve every alteration or addition to the school Web site. However, the District should make it a common practice to browse Web pages routinely. It is the responsibility of the Administrative staff of the Miamisburg City School District to ensure the Web sites follow all policies and procedures of the Miamisburg City School District and that the pages are complete, current in content, and fully functional.

Policy Violations
Appropriate disciplinary action will ensue should either staff or student violations of these guidelines occur. It is important to note that criminal and civil penalties may attach to violations in certain circumstances.

The Board directs the Superintendent to develop regulations to implement this policy.  Such regulations shall address student and staff privacy and content standards for web site publications

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]
[Revised Date:   December 15, 2005]

LEGAL REFS:    Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act; 20 USC Section 1232g
                             Children’s Internet Protection Act; (P.L. 106-554, HR 4577, 2000,
                             114 Stat 2763)
                             ORC    149.41; 149.43
                                          3313.20
                             OAC    3301-35-04; 3301-35-06

CROSS REFS.:    EDE, Computer/On-Line Services (Acceptable Use and Internet Safety)   
                                IGDB, Student Publications
                                JO, Student Records
                                KBA, Public’s Right to Know

2 of 2

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IIC (Also KF)

COMMUNITY INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES

Helping each student develop to his/her full potential and to become a citizen contributing to the welfare of the community are important objectives of the District’s educational program.  The Board encourages administrative and instructional personnel to rely on the community as one of its educational resources.  The administration directs community instructional resources designed to involve the citizens, institutions and environment of our community in the education of its children.

The Superintendent has supervisory control over community relations, which includes school volunteer service.  Members of the staff and of the community are encouraged to offer their ideas and services through the channels that the administration develops.

The Superintendent reports to the Board on the involvement and effectiveness of the community relations program.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3315.07
                               OAC    3301-35-06

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IICA

FIELD TRIPS

Field trips designed to stimulate student interest and inquiry and provide opportunities for social growth and development are considered appropriate extensions of the classroom.  To the extent that they provide the most effective means for accomplishing general curriculum objectives of the District, field trips may be authorized by the building principal.

To be educationally beneficial, a field trip requires thoughtful selection, careful advance preparation of the class and opportunities for students to assimilate the experience during and at the conclusion of the trip.  To this end, teachers and principals will be expected to consider the following factors in selection of field trips;  1) value of the activity to the particular class group or class groups; 2) relationship of the field trip activity to a particular aspect of classroom instruction; 3) suitability of the activity and distance traveled in terms of the age level; 4) mode and availability of transportation and 5) cost.

Field trips which are part of the school's extra-curricular activities (sports, band, guard) may also be considered appropriate for competitive reasons. To this end, the principal(s), athletic director and coaches will consider: 1) value of such trip to our student athletes; 2) distance traveled in terms of age of student athlete; 3) school days missed and; 4) cost of trip to district and/or parents. Such out of state trips over 300 miles will be considered on an every-other-year basis.

Nonschool-sponsored field trips organized by employees acting as independent contractors/agents involving students on a volunteer, self-supporting basis are not approved by the Board and are not considered a part of the curriculum.  Responsibility for privately planned field trips or tours rests with the individuals and agency sponsoring them.  The Board assumes no legal or financial responsibilities for nonschool-sponsored field trips.

If recruitment of students for a field trip is sought through the schools, the recruitment request shall be made with approval of the Superintendent.  Recruitment efforts shall not occur during class time or the employee’s workday.

Travel Vendor Compensation

Any compensation paid by a private travel vendor to a District official or employee, after the official or employee has participated in selecting the vendor to provide a field trip, is considered “public money” and must be returned to the District.

All travel arrangements must be in compliance with District field trip regulations and approved by the Superintendent or his/her designee.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]
[Revised date: January 19, 2012]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3327.15
                               OAC    3301-35-01; 3301-35-03

CROSS REFS.:    EEAD, Special Use of School Buses
                                IF, Curriculum Development
                                IGDF, Student Fund-Raising Activities
                                JL, Student Gifts and Solicitations
                               JN, Student Fees, Fines and Charges

 

 

Back To Top

File: IICA-E

REQUEST FOR OVERNIGHT/EXTENDED STUDENT TRIPS

 

(300 miles from Miamisburg and also Out of State)
 
Group Taking Trip ______________________________________  School  _______________________
 
Destination  __________________________________________________________________________
 
Departure Date ____________________________________ Return Date _________________________
 
Trip Coordinator ___________________________________ Position ____________________________
 
1. BRIEFLY DESCRIBE THE PURPOSE OF THIS TRIP. How this trip is related to the educational program of the district? In what ways will the students benefit? In what ways will the Miamisburg District benefit?
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2. How many school days will be missed? _____________________________________________
 
3. Number of students participating? _________________ Grade levels ______________________
 
4. Staff Member(s) participating?
 
       ___________________________________              ____________________________________
 
___________________________________              ____________________________________
 
___________________________________              ____________________________________
 
5. How many chaperones, in addition to staff members, will be going? _______________________
 
___________________________________               ____________________________________
 
___________________________________               ____________________________________
 
___________________________________               ____________________________________
 
___________________________________               ____________________________________
 
 
6. Method of transportation __________________________________________________________
 
Number of vehicles _____________  Is liability insurance provided by the carrier? ___________
 
If tour guides are involved, what liability insurance do they carry? _________________________
 
______________________________________________________________________________
 
7. Estimated cost per student _________________ Source of funds: _________________________
              
______________________________________________________________________________
 
______________________________________________________________________________
 
Have provisions been made for students who are financially unable to pay the cost?
 
YES __________  NO ___________  What are those provisions? _________________________
 
______________________________________________________________________________
 
______________________________________________________________________________
 
8. Attach an itinerary which includes the destinations, activities planned, phone numbers, food, and  
             housing arrangements.
 
9. How will you communicate to parents prior to, during, and after the trip?
 
______________________________________________________________________________
 
______________________________________________________________________________
 
______________________________________________________________________________
 
10.     What arrangements have been made for dealing with emergency situations? _________________
 
______________________________________________________________________________
 
______________________________________________________________________________
 
      I have review the Board Policies regarding safety of students, trips, and the Student Code of
             Conduct and agree to follow them.
 
____________________________________                 __________________________________
           Signature of Trip Coordinator                                                      Date
 
____________________________________                  _________________________________
                         Signature of Building Principal                                                  Approval Date
 
Approval of the Board of Education is required.
[Adoption date: November 16, 2006]
[Revision date: January 19, 2012]
                                                                                             Page 2 of 2

File:  IICA-R

FIELD TRIPS

Eligible Participants

In most cases, an entire class takes part in a field trip.  From time to time, however, trips may be planned for a smaller group (when, for example, the place to be visited can accommodate only a small group or when the trip is appropriate only for a few students working together on a project). 

In all cases, when only part of a class goes on a field trip, the administration ensures that satisfactory arrangements are made for the instruction of those staying in school and adequate transportation and supervision are provided for those who are going on the trip.

Distance and Duration

    1.    Regular field trips are those trips which take place within the community or to
           places near enough so that the trip can be accomplished during one school day.

    2.    Extended field trips are those in state involving more than the regular school
           day’s time while school is in session.

Permission for regular field trips and extended field trips must be authorized by the principal and assigned Director.

3.    Over night/Out of State – field trips requiring an over night stay or going out of
        state.

Permission for field trips requiring over night stays and/or going out of the state must receive the Superintendent’s and Board approval. A request form (IICA-R2) must be completed, submitted to the Superintendent and approved by the Board prior to any planning of the trip.

Out of state field trips which are part of the school’s extra-curricular activities (sports, band, guard) which involve students missing two (2) or more days of school require advanced permission be granted by the building Principal, Superintendent and Board of Education.  A request form (IICA-R2) must be completed, submitted to the building Principal, Superintendent and approved by the Board prior to any planning or fundraising of the trip.  Out of state trips/competitions over 300 miles of travel should be planned on an every-other-year basis.

Parental Permission
Written permission from parent(s) must be obtained prior to any student’s participation in a school-sponsored field trip.

Expenses

Field trips which are part of the instructional program and do not involve overnight stays may be paid for by the District.

Field trips which are part of the school’s extracurricular activities (such as sports spectator trips, band trips, etc.) and/or trips which involve overnight stays usually involve some expense to the participating student.  The administration is careful that such trips do not proliferate to the point at which the expense becomes a burden for the parents.

1 of 2

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IICA-R

Fund drives are allowed under the Board’s policies governing student gifts and solicitations and student fund-raising activities.  In no case may a student be prevented from participating in a field trip solely because of inability to pay.

Regulations Governing Field Trips

It is the responsibility of the Superintendent to set District wide regulations for field trips and each building principal to set rules for his/her school which comply with Board policy and District regulations.

All student field trips must be carefully supervised by certificated staff members, who may be assisted by classified employees and parent volunteers.  Planners must consider the following criteria established by the Board:

    1.    value of the activity to the particular class group(s);

    2.    relationship of the field activity to a particular aspect of classroom instruction;

    3.    suitability of the activity and distance traveled in terms of the age level of
           students;

    4.    mode and availability of transportation and

    5.    cost to District and/or student.

Request for District Transportation

Requests for District transportation must be received by the Supervisor of Transportation at least 10 days in advance of the planned trip.

(Approval date:  October 21, 2004)
(Revised:  November 16, 2006)
[Revised date: January 19, 2012]

2 of 2

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IICA-E

Miamisburg City Schools

REQUEST FOR OVERNIGHT/EXTENDED STUDENT TRIPS
(200 miles from Miamisburg and also Out of State)

Group Taking Trip ______________________________________  School  ______

Destination  ________________________________________________________

Departure Date _______________________________ Return Date ____________

Trip Coordinator ___________________________________ Position __________

1.    BRIEFLY DESCRIBE THE PURPOSE OF THIS TRIP. How this trip is related to the educational program of the district? In what ways will the students benefit? In what ways will the Miamisburg District benefit?

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

2.    How many school days will be missed? _______________________________

3.    Number of students participating? _________________ Grade levels ________

4.    Staff Member(s) participating?

___________________________________              ________________________

___________________________________              ________________________

___________________________________              ________________________

5.    How many chaperones, in addition to staff members, will be going? __________

    ___________________________________               ______________________

    ___________________________________               ______________________

    ___________________________________               ______________________

    ___________________________________               ______________________

1 of 2

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IICA-E

6.    Method of transportation__________________________________________

Number of vehicles ________  Is liability insurance provided by the carrier?_______

If tour guides are involved, what liability insurance do they carry? ________________

______________________________________________________________________________

7.    Estimated cost per student _________________ Source of funds____________
             
 _____________________________________________________________________________

 _____________________________________________________________________________

    Have provisions been made for students who are financially unable to pay the cost?

    YES __________  NO ___________  What are those provisions? ____________

 ______________________________________________________________________________

 ______________________________________________________________________________

8.    Attach an itinerary which includes the destinations, activities planned, phone
       numbers, food, and  housing arrangements.

9.    How will you communicate to parents prior to, during, and after the trip?

 ______________________________________________________________________________

 ______________________________________________________________________________

 ______________________________________________________________________________

10.  What arrangements have been made for dealing with emergency situations?

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________
I have review the Board Policies regarding safety of students, trips, and the Student Code of Conduct and agree to follow them.

    __________________________________                   _____________________ 
                Signature of Trip Coordinator                                                          Date

    ___________________________________                  _____________________
                Signature of Building Principal                                           Approval Date

Approval of the Board of Education is required.
[Adoption date: 11/16/06]

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IICC

SCHOOL VOLUNTEERS

The Board believes one of the greatest resources available may be found in the citizens of the community who have special knowledge and talents to contribute to the District.  The use of citizens as volunteers within the school program enhances the educational process not only for students, but for the community as well.  Volunteers may provide additional support in the classroom, promote community-school cooperation in facilitating the learning process and provide resource persons who have expertise in various areas.

Recruitment and selection of volunteers is done at the local building level.  Interested individuals should contact the building principal or his/her designee.  The interests and abilities of the volunteers are considered when making assignments. 

All volunteers shall be registered at the appropriate building.  Standard procedures for record keeping include hours contributed by various volunteers, types of services or donations made and an application kept on file at the local school for any volunteer who works directly with students, especially in tutorial relationships.

Current and prospective volunteers who have or will have unsupervised access to children on a regular basis may, at any time, be subject to a criminal record check (BCII/FBI).

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]
[Revised:    February 21, 2008]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    2305.23; 2305.231
                                            2744.01
                                            3319.311; 3319.39
                               OAC    3301-9-01; 3301-32-22(E)(4)

CROSS REF.:    GBQ, Criminal Record Check

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IJ

GUIDANCE PROGRAM

The Board views guidance as helping students understand themselves relative to their abilities, aptitudes, interests, attitudes, strengths and limitations.  This process is meant to assist students in the development of their potential and their decisions relating to personal, educational and vocational matters.

Guidance is based upon these broad fundamental principles.

    1.    Individuals are different from one another in their capabilities, aptitudes,

            interests, needs, goals, desires and values.

    2.    Conditions are improvable.  Equality of educational opportunity benefits the
            individual and society.

    3.    Guidance is a continual and developmental process. 

    4.    Guidance does not propose to program an individual’s course of action but
           rather tries to assist the individual in arriving at his/her own satisfactory
           solutions.

    5.    Guidance should assist the individual to understand his/her circumstances and
           opportunities and to plan his/her life in a satisfactory manner to serve
           himself/herself as well as society.

Guidance services include a wide variety of testing programs and interpretation of results to students, parents and staff.  These programs assist students in developing good study habits and personal guidance which is in keeping with the principles of human dignity and equality.

A written guidance plan is developed to provide systematic aid to students in kindergarten through 12th grade regarding educational, career, civic, personal and social concerns, including the harmful effects of drugs, alcohol and tobacco.  This plan provides for appraisal of students’ academic abilities, a variety of counseling opportunities and approaches, educational and career planning and, when necessary, appropriate referral.  The plan is evaluated as needed and submitted to the Board for adoption.

The guidance department is responsible for assisting with implementation of the testing dimension of the educational program.  The guidance staff further assists the instructional staff and administration in developing and implementing intervention programs to assist students to realize academic improvement.

Counseling services are provided by credentialed school counselors.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3317.023
                               OAC    3301-35-04; 3301-35-05; 3301-35-06

CROSS REF.:    AFI, Evaluation of Educational Resources

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IK

ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT

The philosophies of the Board concerning academic achievement and students’ social growth and development are based on the premise that students have diverse capabilities and individual patterns of growth and learning.

The Board believes that it is important that teachers have extensive and accurate knowledge of each student in order to assess his/her needs and his/her growth and to be competent to make appropriate instructional plans for the student.  Sharing of information among parent(s), teacher and student is essential.

The Board supports staff efforts to find better ways to measure and report student progress and requires the following elements.

    1.    Parents are informed regularly, at least four times a year, about the progress
           their children are making in school.

    2.    Parents are alerted and conferred with as soon as practicable when a child’s
           performance or attitude becomes unsatisfactory or shows marked or sudden
           deterioration.

    3.    Insofar as possible, distinctions are made between a student’s attitude and
           his/her academic performance.

    4.    At comparable levels, the school system seeks consistency in grading and
           reporting except when such procedure is inappropriate for certain classes or
           certain students.

    5.    When no grades are given and the student is evaluated informally in terms of
            his/her own progress, the school staff provides a realistic appraisal of the
            student’s standing in relation to his/her peers when requested by parents to do
            so.

    6.    When grades are given, the school’s staff takes particular care to explain the
           meaning of marks and symbols to parents.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    OAC    3301-35-02; 3301-35-03; 3301-35-04; 3301-35-06

CROSS REFS.:    AFI, Evaluation of Educational Resources
                                IKA, Grading Systems
                                IKAB, Student Progress Reports to Parents

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IKA

GRADING SYSTEMS

The Board believes students respond more positively to the opportunity for success than to the threat of failure.  Therefore, the District seeks in its instructional program to make achievement both recognizable and possible for students.  It emphasizes achievement in its processes of evaluating student performance.

The administration and certificated staff devise grading systems for evaluating and recording student progress.  The records and reports of individual students are kept in a form which is understandable to parents as well as teachers.

The Board approves the grading and reporting systems as developed by the faculty, upon recommendation of the Superintendent.

The Board recognizes that any grading system, however effective, has subjective elements. There are fundamental principles which must guide all instructors in the assignment of marks and achievement.

    1.    The achievement mark in any subject should represent the most objective
            measurement by the teacher of the achievement of the individual.  A variety of
            evaluation measures are used and accurate records shall be kept to
            substantiate the grade given.

    2.    An individual should not receive a failing grade unless he/she has not met
           stated minimum requirements.

    3.    Grades are a factor used to motivate students.  Poor or failing grades should
            trigger a variety of instructional and intervention activities to assist the student
            in achieving better grades by the next grading period, if possible.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REF.:    OAC    3301-35-04; 3301-35-06

CROSS REFS.:    IK, Academic Achievement
                                IKAB, Student Progress Reports to Parents

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IKAB

STUDENT PROGRESS REPORTS TO PARENTS

The Board believes that it is essential for parents to be kept fully informed of their children’s progress in school.  The type of progress reports sent to parents are devised by the certificated staff in cooperation with parents.

Written reports are provided to parents of children in grades 1 through 12 four times per year.  Progress reports are sent to parents at the completion of each grading period.  Interim reports are also required for students in danger of failing.  Direct notification of parents by telephone is encouraged.  Conferences with parents are used as an integral part of the reporting system.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REF.:    OAC    3301-35-06

CROSS REF.:    IK, Academic Achievement

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IKAB-R

STUDENT PROGRESS REPORTS TO PARENTS

The following procedures are used in reporting to parents.

    1.    Number of report periods:  The school year is divided into four grading periods. 
           Reports are sent to the parents on the Friday following the close of each
           grading period.  (Year-end reporting might vary from this.)

    2.    Kindergarten reports:  Kindergarten reports are issued twice a year, in January
           and in June.

    3.    Grades 1 through 8:  Conferences are scheduled with each child’s parent(s) on
           an assigned day.  Other conferences are arranged as needed and may be
           called for by the teacher or parent(s).

    4.    Conferences for grades 9 through 12:  Conferences are scheduled as needed.

    5.    Interim reports:  Teachers issue interim reports every grading period to keep
           parents aware of their child’s progress.  The purpose of the interim report or
           conference is to provide the child an opportunity to improve before a final period
           grade is given.  Interim reports may also be used to inform the parents of
           exceptional progress or positive change in achievement.

(Approval date:  October 21, 2004)

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IKB

HOMEWORK

The Board recognizes the educational value and importance of homework for students.  We believe that meaningful home study is a necessary part of each student’s educational program and that it should be related to the educational philosophy, goals and curriculum of the District.  Homework should be a purposeful extension of the school day and should provide the student with additional opportunities for the development and reinforcement of the District’s instructional objectives as stated in the District’s courses of study.

The assignment of homework should be regular and reasonable.  It should contribute to the student’s education through individual work, responsibility, completion of projects and the establishment of good study habits.  The completion of homework assignments should be recorded by the teacher and included in the evaluation of the student’s progress.

In order to create uniformity of practice, both among and within the schools, appropriate administrative regulations have been developed for the benefit of all professional personnel.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    OAC    3301-35-04; 3301-35-06

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IKB-R

HOMEWORK

Purpose and Responsibility

The assignment of meaningful homework is an integral component of the instructional program.  Work done outside of the classroom should provide the student with opportunities to practice through drills; reinforce instruction received during the regular school day; expand upon topics introduced during classroom instruction and enable each student to pursue individual projects which involve lifetime skills of self-directed work, organization and interpretation of knowledge.  If homework is to have value, its purpose and relation to what has been taught in the classroom must be clearly understood by the student.  Teachers are, therefore, to provide students with meaningful homework assignments related to the instructional programs' goals and objectives.

Definition

Homework is defined as out-of-class preparation in a given subject area which is assigned by a student's teacher.  This assignment is of such a nature that the student must complete the assignment during non-class time.  Each assignment may be further defined as one or more of the following four types: 

    1.    practice:  given to help students master specific skills; limited to material
           presented in class.

    2.    preparation:  given to prepare students to gain maximum benefit from
           subsequent lessons.

    3.    extension:  given to determine if students can transfer a skill or concept to
           another situation.

    4.    creative:  require a student to integrate skills and concepts in the process of
            producing a response or product. 

Objectives

    1.    Supplement and support classroom experiences.

    2.    Reinforce learning through practice, integration and application.

    3.    Develop student initiative, responsibility and self-direction through independent
            effort.

    4.    Foster parent awareness of their child's learning activities.

    5.    Homework may also be used as a method for making up work missed due to
            illness, etc.

1 of 3

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IKB-R

Teachers' Responsibilities

Teachers should plan meaningful homework assignments in conjunction with their daily lesson plans.  The homework assignments should clearly lead to the accomplishment of the course's instructional objectives.  Students should know what is expected of them and receive all necessary clarification pertinent to the assignment.  Teachers must be sure students understand how these homework assignments will be evaluated and contribute to the course grade.

The timely and complete response to the student's homework assignment by the teacher is essential.  Homework should be reviewed, recorded and included as a part of the student's progress evaluation.  Teachers must communicate to parents their expectations; that is, how and when assignments are usually given and how much homework will count in the total grade. 

Students' Responsibilities

It is the responsibility of the student to complete assigned homework.  In order to accomplish this task, the student must learn to plan and budget the necessary study time.  It is the student's responsibility to seek additional clarification and assistance from the teacher as soon as the need for such assistance is realized.  When a student is absent, it is his/her responsibility to discuss missed assignments with the teacher and complete all required missed assignments as instructed by the teacher.  In the primary grades, homework is optional.  It should consist of activities that students and parents can do together and should not exceed one-half hour per night.  Students in the upper elementary grades should expect to have homework on a regular basis not to exceed one hour per night, three or four times a week.  Students in grades 7-12 should develop responsibility for their own homework with parent support.  Time required will vary according to grade level and/or courses taken.  It would be expected that students would spend at least one hour per evening at home study in addition to time for long-term projects.  Homework should be an integral part of every course/subject grade.  

Parent/Home Responsibilities

Parents should recognize the important role of homework to the total instructional program of their student.  Parents should make themselves aware of the assignments and expectations of the school and the individual teacher.  Parents should provide a suitable place and environment in the home for the completion of homework assignments.  Parents should help their student plan and budget the appropriate amount of study time for the completion of the homework assignment. 

Parents should feel free to consult with the teacher about any questions relating to the homework assignment. 

Guidelines for Teachers

    1.    Homework should stem logically from classroom instruction.

    2.    Clearly inform students of the purpose of the assignment, directions, due date,
            format and materials necessary for completion.  This information should be
            given both orally and visually.

    3.    Students should not be expected to deal with totally new skills or concepts in
           completing homework assignments.

2 of 3

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IKB-R

    4.    To help students responsibly schedule their homework, they should be notified
            of the assignment as much in advance as possible.  Long-range projects or
            papers should be assigned far enough in advance to allow students sufficient
            time for completion.

    5.    Homework assignments should be reviewed, recorded and included as a part
           of the evaluation of the student's learning program. 

    6.    A variety of homework should be assigned to include practice, creative,
           preparatory, and extending assignments.  Homework should not be given for
           disciplinary purposes or merely as "busy work."

    7.    Some time should be provided within the class period to thoroughly explain the
            assignment and respond to questions.

    8.    The homework assigned should be within reasonable limits.  Teachers sharing
            the same students should try to coordinate assignments so that major projects
            do not fall due on the same day and so homework is assigned throughout the
            week and not all on one night. 

    9.    Optional homework can be given in the primary grades.  This would mainly be
            reinforcement activities for students and parents to do together.  It should not
            exceed one-half hour per night except for long-term projects. 

  10.    Students in grades 3-6 should have homework on a regular basis and be
            considered part of the student's grade.  Homework at this level should not
            exceed one hour per night, three or four times per week.

  11.    Students in grades 7-12 should develop responsibility for their own homework
            with parent support. Time required will vary according to grade level and/or
            courses taken.  It would be expected that students would spend at least one
            hour per evening in home study in addition to time for long-term projects. 
            Homework should be an integral part of every course/subject grade. 

(Approval date:  October 21, 2004)

3 of 3

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IKE

PROMOTION AND RETENTION OF STUDENTS

The promotion of each student is determined individually.  The decision to promote a student or to retain a student in a grade is made on the basis of the following factors.  The teacher takes into consideration emotional and social development, social issues and grade average.

Promotion procedures demand continuous analysis and study of the cumulative student case history records.  Guidelines include the following elements:

    1.    A student receiving passing grades in reading, social studies, mathematics,
           science and English is promoted.

    2.    A student having failing grades in language arts and mathematics at the end of
           the year has his/her case evaluated by the teachers, guidance counselor and
           principal for placement, with the principal making the final decision for
           placement.

    3.    A student having passing grades, “D” or above average in the core academic
           subjects, throughout the year is not failed.

    4.    No student should be retained more than twice in kindergarten through grade 8.

    5.    Documentary and anecdotal evidence should be available to justify retention or
           placement.

    6.    A student with failing grades during any academic term is entered into the
           schools intervention programs to be assisted toward academic success in
            those areas.

Any student who is truant for more than 10% of the required attendance days of the current school year and has failed two or more of the required curriculum subject areas in the current grade is retained, unless the student’s principal and the teachers of the failed subject areas agree that the student is academically prepared to be assigned to the next grade level.

“Academically prepared” as used in this policy, means that the principal, in consultation with the student’s teacher(s), has reviewed the student’s work and records and has concluded that, in his/her judgment as a professional educator, the student is capable of progressing through and successfully completing work at the next grade level.

1 of 2

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IKE

Third Grade Reading Guarantee

Third grade students who receive a below basic score on the third grade reading achievement test are provided one of the three options:

    1.    promotion to the next grade if the principal and reading teacher agree that other
           evaluations of the student’s work indicate the student is academically prepared
            for the next grade;

    2.    promotion to the next grade with “intensive intervention” in that grade or

    3.    retention in the current grade.

Intervention services will be offered to students who are not making satisfactory progress toward the attainment of the statewide academic standards for their grade level.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]
[Revised May 19, 2005]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3301.0710; 3301.0711
                                            3313.608; 3313.609
                               OAC    3301-35-04; 3301-35-06

CROSS REFS.:    AFI, Evaluation of Educational Resources
                                IGCD, Educational Options (Also LEB)

2 of 2

 

 

Back To Top

File: IKEB

Policy on Academic Acceleration, Early Entrance to Kindergarten,
and Early High School Graduation

In accordance with the belief that all children are entitled to an education commensurate with their particular needs, students who can exceed the grade-level indicators and benchmarks set forth in the standards must be afforded the opportunity and be encouraged to do so.

The (District) Board of Education believes that such students often require access to advanced curriculum in order to realize their potential contribution to themselves and society.

All children learn and experience success given time and opportunity, but the degree to which academic content standards are met and the time it takes to reach the standards will vary from student to student.  The (District) Board of Education believes that all students, including advanced learners, should be challenged and supported to reach their full potential.  For many advanced learners, this can best be achieved by affording them access to curriculum, learning environments, and instructional interventions more commonly provided to older peers.

This policy describe the process that shall be used for evaluating students for possible accelerated placement and identifying students who should be granted early admission to kindergarten, accelerated in one of more individual subject areas, promoted to a higher grade level than their same-age peers, and granted early graduation from high school.

1)    Referrals and Evaluation

         a)    Any student residing in the district may be referred to by a teacher,
                 administrator, gifted education specialist, guidance counselor, school
                 psychologist, or a parent or legal guardian of the student to the principal of
                 his or her school for evaluation for possible accelerated placement.  A
                 student may refer himself or herself or a peer through a district staff member
                 who has knowledge of the referred child’s abilities.

         b)    Copies of this policy and referral forms for evaluation for possible early
                 entrance, whole-grade acceleration, individual subject acceleration, and
                 early high school graduation shall be made available to district staff and
                 parents at each school building.  The principal of each school building (or his
                 or her designee) shall solicit referrals of students for evaluation for possible
                 accelerated placement annually, and ensure that all staff he or she
                 supervises are aware of procedures for referring students for evaluation for
                 possible accelerated placement.

         c)    The principal (or his or her designee) of the referred student’s school shall
                 obtain written permission from the student’s parent(s) or legal guardian(s) to
                 evaluate the student for possible accelerated placement.  The district shall
                 evaluate all students who are referred for evaluation and whose parent(s) or
                 legal guardian(s) have granted permission to evaluate the student for
                 possible accelerated placement.

         d)    Children who are referred for evaluation for possible accelerated placement
                 sixty or more days prior to the start of the school year shall be evaluated in
                 advance of the start of the school year so that the child may be placed in the
                 accelerated placement on the first day of school.  Children who are referred
                 for possible accelerated placement sixty or more days prior to the start of
                 the second semester shall be evaluated for possible accelerated placement
                 at the start of the second semester.  In all other cases, evaluations of a 
                 referred child shall be scheduled at the student’s principal’s discretion and    
                 placed in the accelerated setting(s) at the time recommended by the
                 acceleration evaluation committee if the committee determines the child
                 should be accelerated.  Pursuant to Ohio Administrative Code 3321.01, all
                 children who will be the proper age for entrance to

2 of 4

 

 

Back To Top

File: IKEB

                kindergarten or first grade by the first day of January of the school year for
                which admission is requested shall be evaluated upon the request of the
                child’s parent or legal guardian.  Children who will not yet be the proper age
                for entrance to kindergarten or first grade by the first day of January of the
                school year for which admission is requested shall also be evaluated for
                possible early admittance if referred by an educator within the district, a
                pre-school educator who knows the child, or pediatrician or psychologist
                who knows the child.  Children who will not yet be the proper age for entrance
                to kindergarten or first grade by the first day of January of the school year for
                which admission is requested may also be evaluated for possible early
                admittance at the discretion of the principal of the school to which the student
                may be admitted.

         e)    A parent or legal guardian of the evaluated student shall be notified in writing
                of the outcome of the evaluation process within 60 days of the submission of
                the referral to the referred student’s principal.  This notification shall include
                instructions for appealing the outcome of the evaluation process.

         f)    A parent of legal guardian of the referred student may appeal in writing the 
               decision of the evaluation committee to the local Superintendent within thirty
               days of being notified of the committee’s decision.  The Superintendent shall
               review the appeal and notify the parent of legal guardian who filed the appeal
               of his or her final decision within thirty days of receiving the appeal.  The
               Superintendent’s decision shall be final. However, the student may be 
               referred and evaluated again at the next available opportunity if he or she is
               again referred for evaluation by an individual eligible to make referrals as
               described in this policy.

2)    Acceleration Evaluation Committee

        a)    Composition

        (1)    The referred student’s principal (or his or her designee) shall convene an
                 evaluation committee to determine the most appropriate available learning
                 environment for the referred student.  This committee may be comprised of
                 the following:

                  (a)     A principal or assistant principal from the child’s current school;

                  (b)     A current teacher of the referred student (with the exception of
                            students referred for possible early admission to kindergarten);

                  (c)     A teacher at the grade level to which the student may be accelerated
                            (with the exception of students referred for possible early graduation
                            from high school);

                   (d)    A parent or legal guardian of the referred student or a representative
                            designated by a parent of legal guardian of the referred student;

                    (e)    A gifted education coordinator or gifted intervention specialist.  If a
                             gifted coordinator or gifted intervention specialist is not available
                             in the district, a school psychologist or guidance counselor with
                             expertise in the appropriate use of academic acceleration may be
                             substituted.

3 of 4

 

 

Back To Top

File: IKEB

           (2)    The acceleration evaluation committee shall be charged with the following
                    responsibilities:

                  (a)    The acceleration evaluation committee shall conduct a fair and
                            thorough evaluation of the student.

                            (i)    Students considered for whole-grade acceleration and early
                                    entrance to kindergarten shall be evaluated using an
                                    acceleration assessment process approved by the Ohio
                                    Department of Education.  The committee shall consider the
                                    student’s own thoughts on possible accelerated placement in
                                    its deliberations.

                           (ii)    Students considered for individual subject acceleration shall be
                                    evaluated using a variety of data sources, including measures
                                    of achievement based on state academic content standards (in
                                    subjects for which the state had approved content standards)
                                    and consideration of the student’s maturity and desire for
                                    accelerated placement.  The committee shall consider the
                                    student’s own thoughts on possible accelerated placement in
                                    its deliberations.

                         (iii)    Students referred for possible early high school graduation shall
                                   be evaluated based on past academic performance, measures of
                                   achievement based on state academic content standards, and
                                   successful completion of state mandated graduation
                                   requirements.  The committee shall consider the student’s own
                                   thoughts on possible accelerated placement in its deliberations.

                (b)   The acceleration evaluation committee shall issue a written decision to
                        the principal and the student’s parent or legal guardian based on the
                       outcome of the evaluation process.  If a consensus recommendation
                       cannot be reached by the committee, a decision regarding whether
                       or not to accelerate the student will be determined by a majority vote of
                       the committee membership.

              (c)    The acceleration evaluation committee shall develop a written
                       acceleration plan for students who will be admitted early to kindergarten,
                       whole-grade accelerated, or accelerated in one or more individual
                       subject areas.  The parent(s) or legal guardian(s) of the student shall
                       be provided with a copy of the written acceleration plan.  The written
                       acceleration plan shall specify:

                        (i)    placement of the student in an accelerated setting;

                      (ii)    strategies to support a successful transition to the
                               accelerated setting;

                     (iii)    requirements and procedures for earning high school credit
                               prior to entering high school (if applicable); and,

                    (iv)    an appropriate transition period for accelerated placement for
                             early entrants to kindergarten, grade-level accelerated students,
                             and students accelerated in individual content areas.

4 of 4

 

 

Back To Top

File: IKEB

        (d)    For students the acceleration evaluation committee recommends for
                early high school graduation, the committee shall develop a written
                acceleration plan designed to allow the student to complete graduation
                requirements on an accelerated basis.  This may include the provision
                of educational options in accordance with Ohio Administrative Code
                3301-35-06(G), waiving district prerequisite requirements for enrolling
                in advanced courses, waiving district graduation requirements that exceed   
                those required by the state, and early promotion to sophomore (or
                higher) status to allow the student to take the Ohio Graduation Test.

3)    Accelerated Placement

      a)    The acceleration evaluation committee shall specify an appropriate transition
              period for accelerated placement for early entrants to kindergarten,
              grade-level accelerated students, and students accelerated in individual
              subject areas.

              (i)    At any time during the transition period, a parent or legal guardian of the
                     student may request in writing that the student be withdrawn from
                     accelerated placement. In such cases, the principal shall remove the
                     student without repercussions from the accelerated placement.

             (ii)    At any time during the transition period, a parent or legal guardian of the 
                     student may request in writing an alternative accelerated placement.  In
                     such cases, the principal shall direct the acceleration committee to
                     consider other accelerative options and issue a decision within 30 days of
                     receiving the request from the parent or legal guardian.  If the student will
                     be placed in an accelerated setting different from that initially
                     recommended by the acceleration evaluation committee, the student’s
                     written acceleration plan shall be revised accordingly, and a new transition
                     period shall be specified.

    b)    At the end of the transition period, the accelerated placement shall become
           permanent. The student’s records shall be modified accordingly, and the
           acceleration implementation plan shall become part of the student’s permanent
           record to facilitate continuous progress through the curriculum.

Adopted: July 20, 2006

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IKF

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

 

The Board desires that its standards for graduation meet or exceed the minimum standards of the Ohio Department of Education as well as State law and, further, that our high school compares favorably with other high schools in the State that are recognized for excellence.

The Board assumes that at the time of graduation each student has fulfilled all academic and financial obligations.  A good school record, scholastic and otherwise, is the best recommendation a student can offer, either for college admission or for a job.  A record of good personal behavior and cooperation is expected.

To earn a diploma, a student must successfully complete required credits for year of graduation as outlined below, pass all parts of the Ohio Graduation Test (given in grade 10) and meet the following specific requirements:

Subject Areas

2013 Graduates

2014 Graduates

2015 Graduates & Beyond

English/Language Arts

4 credits

4 credits

4 credits

Mathematics

3 credits

Students needing the OGT to graduate must continue math classes until passing the math section of the OGT.

4 credits

These 4 credits must be taken in grades 9-12.  They must include 1 credit of algebra II or the equivalent of algebra II.  Students needing the OGT to graduate must continue math classes until passing the math section of the OGT.

4 credits

These 4 credits must be taken in grades 9-12.  They must include 1 credit of algebra II or the equivalent of algebra II.  Students needing the OGT to graduate must continue math classes until passing the math section of the OGT.

Science

3 credits

These 3 credits must include 1 credit of physical sciences and 1 credit of biological sciences.

3 credits

These 3 credits must include 1 credit of physical sciences, 1 credit of life sciences and 1 credit advanced study in one or more of the following sciences: chemistry, physics, or other physical science; advanced biology or other life science; astronomy, physical geology, or other earth or space science.

3 credits

These 3 credits must include 1 credit of physical sciences, 1 credit of life sciences and 1 credit advanced study in one or more of the following sciences: chemistry, physics, or other physical science; advanced biology or other life science; astronomy, physical geology, or other earth or space science.

Social Studies

3 credits

These 3 credits must include 1 credit of U.S. Studies, ½ credit of American Government and ½ credit of economics/global issues.

3 credits

These 3 credits must include 1 credit of U.S. Studies, ½ credit of American Government and ½ credit of economics/global issues.

3 credits

These 3 credits must include 1 credit of U.S. Studies, ½ credit of American Government and ½ credit of economics/global issues.

Career Exploration

½ credit

½ credit

½ credit

Computer Applications

½ credit

½ credit

½ credit

Health

½ credit

½ credit

½ credit

Physical Education

½ credit

Maximum1 credit toward graduation is allowed in physical education.

½ credit

Maximum1 credit toward graduation is allowed in physical education.

½ credit

Maximum1 credit toward graduation is allowed in physical education.

Practical or Fine Arts

1 credit

This 1 credit may be any combination of the following: Practical Arts – any home economics, industrial technology, keyboarding and advanced computer courses.  Fine Arts – art, music, film criticism and introduction of T.V.

1 credit

This 1 credit may be any combination of the following: Practical Arts – any home economics, industrial technology, keyboarding and advanced computer courses.  Fine Arts – art, music, film criticism and introduction of T.V.

1 credit

This 1 credit may be any combination of the following: Practical Arts – any home economics, industrial technology, keyboarding and advanced computer courses.  Fine Arts – art, music, film criticism and introduction of T.V.

Electives

8 credits

These 8 credits must include 1 credit or 2 half credits in business, technology, fine arts or foreign language.

6 credits

These 6 credits must include 1 credit or 2 half credits in business, technology, fine arts or foreign language.

5 credits

These 5 credits must include 1 credit or 2 half credits in business, technology, fine arts or foreign language.

Total Credits To Graduate

24

23

22

NOTE:  It is the responsibility of each student to know how many credits he/she has earned and which ones are needed for graduation.

Students should give much thought to the selection of courses. Only necessary changes may be made either prior to the beginning of school or during the first week of each semester.

Summer School

Summer school credits are accepted toward graduation provided that administrative approval has been given prior to registration for the course.

Post Secondary Enrollment Options

Credit is awarded for a course successfully completed outside of regular school hours by a student at an accredited postsecondary institution.  High school credit awarded for a course successfully completed under this section of the Ohio Revised Code counts toward the graduation requirements and subject area requirements of the District.  If a course comparable to the course successfully completed is offered by the District, then comparable credit for the completed equivalent course is awarded.  If no comparable course is offered, the District grants to the student an appropriate number of credits in a similar subject area.

The course can be free of charge or paid by the student’s parent or guardian.

Correspondence Courses

High school courses offered through correspondence courses are accepted for credit toward graduation only when they meet the following criteria.

1.  Credits earned in correspondence schools directly affiliated with state universities are evaluated by the school administration for students who wish to qualify for graduation from high school.

2.  Credits earned from correspondence schools not directly affiliated with an accredited college or university may not be applied toward graduation.

3.  Credits earned from schools, which have been established primarily for correspondence study, rather than an institution primarily for residence study, are not accepted toward graduation.

Credit Flexibility

Credit flexibility shifts the focus from “seat time” to performance.  Students can earn units of high school credit based on an individually approved credit flexibility plan.  The intent of credit flexibility is to meet increased expectations for high school graduation in response to globalization, technology and demographics, and to meet the demand for 21st century skills.   Students interested in pursuing credit flexibility need to contact his or her guidance counselor.

Physical Education Waiver

The district recognizes that an effective educational program is one that provides opportunities for students to customize aspects of their learning around their respective needs and interests.  The Physical Education Waiver allows students to increase their learning by allowing access to more resources, customization around individual student needs and the use of multiple measures of learning.

In accordance with State law, the Physical Education Waiver allows the District to excuse students who have participated in two years or two seasons of interscholastic athletic competition, marching band, or cheerleading from their ½ credit physical education requirement. If the physical education graduation requirement is waived, students must take a ½ credit course to meet the graduation requirement.

Students utilizing a PE waiver will receive no credit and no grade for Physical Education. Participation in only one full season cannot be combined with 0.25 credits of PE to meet the PE requirement for graduation. Should a student become injured or not complete the season for ANY reason he/she must find an alternate way to satisfy his/her PE requirement.

Coursework Prior to Ninth Grade

Student work completed prior to the ninth grade is applied towards graduation credit if the course is taught by a teacher holding a license valid for teaching high school and is designated by the Board as meeting the high school curriculum requirements.

Community Service

The District offers community service education which acquaints students with the history and importance of volunteer service and with a wide range of existing community needs.   Community service opportunities may be considered an elective towards graduation.

Ohio Core Opt Out

The District offers students entering the ninth grade on or after July 1, 2010, and before July 1, 2014, the ability to opt out of the Ohio Core curriculum in compliance with Board policy and regulations and all procedural requirements stipulated by the school.

[Adoption date: February 16, 2010]
[Revised date: March 18, 2010]
[Revised date: January 19, 2012]
[Revised date: July 19, 2012]
[Revised date: January 17, 2013]

LEGAL REFS.:            ORC    3301.07 (D)(3)
                                      ORC    3313.60; 3313.6014; 3313.603; 3313.605; 3313.61                        
                                                   3345.06                                                                                          
                                      OAC    3301-35-04                                                                                       

CROSS REFS.:             IGBM & IGBM-R, Credit Flexibility
                                         IGCA, Summer Schools
                                         IGCD, Educational Options (Also LEB)
                                         IGCH, Postsecondary Enrollment Options (Also LEC)
                                         IGCI, Community Service
                                        JN, Student Fees, Fines and Charges                                                      

 

Back To Top

 

File IKF-E

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

(Ohio Core Opt Out Informed Consent Agreement)

 

 

I understand that participation in the graduation opt out program will result in graduation without completion of the Ohio Core curriculum.  I also acknowledge that one consequence of failure to complete the Ohio Core curriculum is ineligibility to enroll in most state universities in Ohio without completion of further coursework. I hereby agree to accept and abide by the policies, rules and regulations of the Board of Education and to fulfill any procedural requirements stipulated by the school. 

 

 

 

____________________________________________        _____________________________

Student’s Signature                                                                  Date

 

____________________________________________       _____________________________

Parent/Guardian Signature                                                      Date

 

 

 

[Adoption date: July 19, 2012]

                              Back To Top

 

 

IKF-R

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

(Ohio Core Opt Out)

 

Students entering ninth grade on or after July 1, 2010, and before July 1, 2014, may qualify for participation in the Ohio Core Opt Out program. Eligible students may graduate without having completed the Ohio Core curriculum prescribed by State law. Students wishing to participate in this program must have attended high school for two years.

 

A student wishing to participate and his or her parent(s) or guardian must sign and file written consent to the student’s graduating without completion of the Ohio Core curriculum and acknowledgement that one consequence of failure to complete the Ohio Core curriculum is ineligibility to enroll in most state universities in Ohio without further coursework.

 

The minimum requirements for graduation from high school under the Ohio Core Opt Out are as follows:

 

Minimum

 

 

 

English Language Arts

 

 4   units                                            

Social Studies, including one-half unit of American History and one-half unit of American Government

 

 3   units                                            

Science, including one unit each in Physical Science and Biology

 3   units                                            

 

Mathematics

 

3   units                                             

 

Health

 

 

½   unit

Physical Education

 

½   unit

Electives *

6   units

 

 

Total

20 units                

 

 

* Each student’s electives shall include at least one unit, or two half units chose from among the areas of business/technology, fine arts, and/or foreign language.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The District retains the authority to increase these minimum requirements in compliance with State law. Under State law, the District may stipulate any of the following:

 

1.      a minimum high school curriculum that requires more than 20 units of academic credit to graduate;

 

2.      an exception to the district’s minimum high school curriculum that is similar to the Ohio Core Graduation Opt Out, but with additional requirements, which may include the requirement that the student successfully complete more than the minimum curriculum listed above or

 

3.      that no exception comparable to the Ohio Core Graduation Opt out is available within the District.

 

The student and parent/guardian must also agree to fulfill any procedural requirements stipulated by the school to ensure informed consent and facilitate orderly filing of statements required under State law.

 

Additionally, participation in the program requires the student, the student’s parent or guardian and a representative of the student’s high school to jointly develop an individual career plan for the student. The student’s individual career plan must specify that the student will do one of the following:

 

1.      matriculate to a two-year degree program;

 

2.      acquire a business and industry credential or

 

3.      enter an apprenticeship.

 

The student’s high school provides counseling and support for the student related to the student’s individual career plan during the remainder of the student’s high school experience.

 

 

 

[Adoption date: July 19, 2012]

                                                Back To Top                          

File:  IKFB

GRADUATION EXERCISES

Any student having successfully completed all requirements for graduation is eligible to participate in the graduation exercises conducted by the Miamisburg High School.  Students participating in the ceremony must meet all graduation requirements.

    1.    Students must have successfully completed all requirements contained in the
           Ohio Revised Code and set by the State of Ohio Department of Education and
           the Miamisburg Board of Education.

    2.    Students graduating early must have filed the required application papers.

    3.    All financial obligations to the high school or Board must be paid.

    4.    All disciplinary obligations must be satisfactorily completed.

    5.    Participation in graduation rehearsal is required for participation in the
            graduation ceremonies.

    6.    Students participating in the ceremony must wear the prescribed cap and
            gown.

    7.    Students eligible to participate in the graduation ceremony will exhibit decorum
            that will not be disruptive nor bring undue attention to themselves.

    8.    Prior to graduation, misconduct that results in suspension or expulsion may
           result in denial of participation in graduation ceremonies.

Students whose decorum is disruptive or brings undue attention to themselves at school will not be awarded their diploma at the commencement exercises. 

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3313.20; 3313.20.66; 3313.661

CROSS REFS.:    IKF, Graduation Requirements
                                        Student Handbooks

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IL

TESTING PROGRAMS

The Board believes that a program of group testing can provide a meaningful source of information about the adopted curriculum and overall student achievement.  Therefore, the Board authorizes a program of group testing in order to:

    1.    evaluate strengths and weaknesses of current curriculum and instruction and to
            identify areas needing change;

    2.    compare achievement of District students with achievement of a sample
            population as one means of evaluating student growth;

    3.    provide a degree of diagnostic instructional information to teachers about the
            group(s) of students with whom they work;

    4.    provide general information about a student’s probable aptitude for school-
            related tasks and

    5.    provide one basis for a longitudinal study of student achievement and
           proficiency.

Information gained through the use of group tests is used to design educational opportunities for students to better meet their individual and collective needs.  The Board views such information gathering as a primary function of the public schools.  Individual permission of parents is not required for the administration of these group tests.

The Board recognizes that all tests provide only a limited source of information about an individual student.  Information drawn from group tests is therefore used only in conjunction with all other information available about a student in advising the student or assisting the student in improving his/her work.

Each student with a disability is considered individually as to his/her participation in the testing programs.

Records of the results of group tests shall be maintained in accordance with the Board’s policy on student records.

The administration has developed guidelines for the secure storing of testing instruments.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3301,0710 through 0713
                                            3319.32; 3319.321
                               OAC    3301-35-02; 3301-35-03; 3301-35-04

CROSS REFS.:    AFE, Evaluation of Instructional Programs (Also IM)
                                IGBA, Programs for Students with Disabilities
                                JO, Student Records

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IL-R

TESTING PROGRAMS

In accordance with State law, Miamisburg City School’s District plan for testing security is as follows:

1)      The district test coordinator is designated as the Director of Curriculum and Assessment, while the building test coordinator is designated as the building principal or designee at the high school level.  All test examiners, monitors, translators or scribes who are allowed to be present in the room during assessment or to have access to assessment materials must first be cleared by the building test coordinator.  All of these roles should be filled by district employees if possible.  Translators who are not district employees will be cleared by the district ESL teacher, building principal, and district test coordinator.  All tests will be administered by a certified teacher.  Non-certified personnel may serve as monitors or scribes as long as a certified teacher is also present.

2)      All secure test materials (including state tests KRA-L, Diagnostic, OAA, OGT, and OTELA) will be secured by the Department of Student Services from time of arrival until the time of dispersion to buildings.  At that time the building principal is responsible for security of the materials even if the task is delegated to another person. The principal remains responsible for security until the materials are returned to the Department of Curriculum and Assessment.  This department will then be responsible for the materials until they are picked up for shipping back to the scoring contractor.

3)      Test materials will be kept secure in a locked area at all times unless the test is being administered.  Only the people listed in item 1 (above) may handle the test materials.The principal is responsible for ensuring that all test administrators, monitors, scribes, or translators receive security training before handling any test materials.  The building principal, in conjunction with teachers, is responsible for ensuring that all materials are tracked as to who has which test booklet during assessments. The principal is also responsible for ensuring that all materials are returned to the district test coordinator.  The directions for security described in both the district and building test coordinator’s manual shall be followed.

4)      After the final test administration, the building principal is responsible for ensuring that all materials are collected, packed, and returned to the district office of Curriculum and Assessment.  The materials should never be left unattended in a classroom and should only be transported within the building by personnel identified in item 1, above. The principal remains responsible for security until the materials are returned to the Department of Curriculum and Assessment.  This department will then be responsible for the materials until they are picked up for shipping back to the scoring contractor.

5)      Any incidents of alleged violation of security or unethical testing practice will be investigated following due process as outlined in board policy.  The investigation will be handled by the building test coordinator if involving a student or teacher, or by the district test coordinator if involving a principal.  The superintendent or assistant superintendent will also be kept apprised of all investigations.  Any findings that confirm the violation will be reported to the Ohio Department of Education.

6)      The decision to invalidate a student’s assessment score will be determined jointly by the building and district test coordinator following the outlined rules and will be communicated in writing.

7)      As outlined above, any findings that confirm violation of security will be reported to the Ohio Department of Education.  This will occur within ten days and will be in writing.

8)      Annually, all testing rules (including this document) will be shared both in writing and orally with all personnel who have access to secure assessment materials. Students will be advised before testing of the consequences of cheating or violating security. This will occur at the building level by principals, at the district level by the district test coordinator, and at the classroom level by teachers.

[Adoption date:  December 16, 2010]

 

Back To Top

 

 

File:  IM (Also AFE)

EVALUATION OF INSTRUCTIONAL PROGRAMS

The Superintendent regularly evaluates the effectiveness of the instructional program in achieving the District’s educational goals and objectives.  Periodically, he/she submits a written and comprehensive report of his/her findings to the Board for its consideration and action.  The specific purpose of this report are to provide data for planning and budgeting for instructional improvements and for informing the public about the performance of the public schools.  Data may include:

    1.    relation of student growth and development to the objectives of the school
           system;

    2.    suitability of educational programs in terms of community expectations;

    3.    how evaluation findings are used for program improvement;

    4.    student achievement in light of testing results of standardized achievement tests
           and competency tests;

    5.    the number of students who continue in a program of higher education and the
           percentage of these who graduate;

    6.    extent of, and trends in, admissions to colleges and universities;

    7.    employment records of graduates not going to college and

    8.    all other relevant data which the Superintendent deems necessary.

The Superintendent is instructed to keep himself/herself informed relative to current research and successful practices and to employ the best and most reliable methods and measures in the evaluative process.  The results of the educational testing program are used as a part of the evaluation.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3301.13
                                            3313.60
                                            3323.02
                               OAC    3301-35-02(B); 3301-35-03(K); 3301-35-07

CROSS REFS.:    IA, Instructional Goals
                                IAA, Instructional Objectives
                                IL, Testing Programs

 

 

Back To Top

File:  INA

TEACHING METHODS

It is the desire of the Board that the best available strategies and methods for bringing about learning be utilized in the District’s schools.  The instructional staff is expected to keep abreast of new and more promising instructional ideas and practices developed in schools throughout the nation and to consider those which apparently have the potential for improving the learning program in the District’s schools.

Strategies and methods shall be focused on the personalization of learning, including:

    1.    appraisal of individual learning style, abilities and disabilities;

    2.    assessment of individual learning needs;

    3.    development, implementation and evaluation of individual learning programs
           and

    4.    the modification and/or recycling of individual learning programs.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

 

 

Back To Top

File:  INB

TEACHING ABOUT CONTROVERSIAL ISSUES

In the study of controversial issues, students have four rights which recognize the right to:

    1.    study any controversial issue which has political, economic or social
            significance and concern;

    2.    have free access to appropriate information, including materials which circulate
            freely in the community;

    3.    study under competent instruction in an atmosphere free from bias and
            prejudice and

    4.    form and express their own opinions on controversial issues without
            jeopardizing relations with teachers or the school.

The study of controversial issues should be objective and scholarly with minimum emphasis on opinion.  The teacher must approach controversial issues in the classroom in an impartial and objective manner and must refrain from using classroom privileges and prestige to promote a partisan point of view.

Teachers determine the appropriateness of certain issues for consideration using the following criteria.

    1.    Treatment of the issue in question must be within the range, knowledge,
            maturity and competence of the students.

    2.    There should be study materials and other learning aids available from which a
            reasonable extent of data pertaining to all aspects of the issue can be
            obtained.

    3.    The issue should receive only as much time as is needed to consider it
            adequately.

    4.    The issue should be current, significant and relevant to the students and the
            teacher. 

A teacher who is in doubt about the advisability of discussing certain issues in the classroom shall confer with the principal concerning the appropriateness of doing so.  If discussion of an issue is not approved by the building principal, the teacher may refer the issue to the Superintendent.

If parents desire that their child be excused from participation in discussion of such material, arrangements are made to respect that request.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    2907.31
                               OAC    3301-35-04

CROSS REFS.:    IB, Academic Freedom
                                KLB, Public Complaints About the Curriculum or Instructional Materials

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IND/INDA

SCHOOL CEREMONIES AND OBSERVANCES/PATRIOTIC EXERCISES

The Board believes that special recognition should be given to national holidays.  The building principal should encourage a discreet observance of these holidays which have become a part of the American heritage.  These observances may, in some instances, be in the form of a school assembly while in other instances they are a part of the classroom work.

The Board directs the administration to develop specific activities within each building to convey the meaning and significance of Veterans Day.  The observance must be at least one hour long, except in buildings that schedule class periods of less than an hour.  In those buildings, the observance must be at least one standard class period in length.

Religious Holidays and Observances

The following guidelines govern the observance of, and teaching about, religious holidays in the schools.

     1.    The public schools must be neutral in matters of religion.  The schools must
             show no preference for one religion over another.  They must refrain from the
             promotion of any religion or all religions; consequently, no religious
             celebrations may be conducted by the public schools.

             “Religious celebration” is defined as:

            A.    a formal observance, including worship or religious services of any kind,
                    whether or not conducted by a member of the clergy.  Religious
                    observances cannot be justified by the fact that the majority of students or
                    individuals in a given community happen to approve of the practice or by
                    the fact that individual students may absent themselves upon parental
                    request;

            B.    the display of religious objects or symbols, except those that are integral
                    parts of a short-term study in the curriculum, such as art, history, etc., or

            C.    the presentation of religious music, except to the extent that such music is
                    presented for its musical rather than its religious content.  Songs or music
                    programs which have significance for a particular religion should not be
                    sung or performed in the school during the period which coincides with the
                    community celebration of the events portrayed in the music.  Festive songs
                    that cannot be associated with a religious celebration are permitted.

    2.    A program or observance related to a religious holiday in theme or timing
           should be evaluated as to its purpose and effect.  If either the purpose or the
           effect is judged to be religious rather than secular, the activity should not be
           undertaken.

    3.    The school should avoid any activity, display or exhibit that promotes or gives its
           approval to religious matters.

1 of 2

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IND/INDA

Patriotic Exercises

The Board believes one’s appreciation of country is promoted by the ceremonies and observances held in the schools and that the United States flag is a symbol of our democratic heritage, ideals and freedom.

The Board believes that saluting the flag and reciting the Pledge of Allegiance helps students to learn and to reinforce these principles.  Therefore, the Board encourages all students, grades kindergarten through 12, to recite the pledge during the school day at a time and manner specified by the building principal.

The Board recognizes that beliefs of some persons prohibit participation in the pledge, the salute to the United States flag or other opening exercises.  Therefore, such persons are excused from participation.

The Board prohibits the intimidation of any student by other students or staff aimed at coercing participation in reciting the pledge.

School Prayer

The Board certifies that it does not have nor will it adopt any policies that deny or prevent participation in constitutionally protected school prayer. This certification is submitted annually to the Ohio Department of Education by October 1.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    U.S. Const. Amend. I, Establishment Cl.
                               The Elementary and Secondary Education Act; 20 USC 1221 et seq.
                                ORC    5.23
                                             3313.601; 3313.602; 3313.63; 3313.80

2 of 2

 

 

Back To Top

File:  IND-E/INDA-E

SCHOOL CEREMONIES AND OBSERVANCES/PATRIOTIC EXERCISES

School District_______________________District IRN______________________
Authorized Representative_____________County___________________________

District Address_____________________________________________________
This is to certify that the above mentioned school district is in compliance with Section 9524 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act (ESEA) of 1965 as amended by the No Child Left Behind Act of 2001 and the District has no policy that prevents, or otherwise denies participation in, constitutionally protected prayer in elementary and secondary public schools as set forth in the Guidance on Constitutionally Protected Prayer in Public Elementary and Secondary Schools dated February 7, 2003.

___________________________________
Signature of authorized District representative

Please complete this form and return on or before March 15 to:

Ohio Department of Education
Office of Reform and Federal Student Programs
25 South Front Street, Mail Stop 404
Columbus, OH  43215-4183

 

 

Back To Top

File:  ING

ANIMALS IN THE SCHOOLS

 

Recognizing there are many tools that can be used to provide a variety of productive learning experiences for students, the Board supports the concept of using animals as an educational tool. 
 
Prior to any use of animals in the schools, the administration should contact appropriate organizations or authorities regarding resource materials and suggested learning activities that may be available to help students increase their understanding of the animal world.  
 
All animal use in school buildings is consistent with health and safety policies established by the District. The administration is responsible for developing regulations for the care and control of the animals.
 
Service Animals
 
In compliance with Federal law, the Board permits the use of service animals in the schools for those individuals with qualified disabilities.
 
 
[Adoption Date: October 21, 2004]
[Revision Date: May 17, 2012]
 
 
LEGAL REFS.: Individuals with Disabilities Education Act; 20 USC 1400 et seq.
Rehabilitation Act of 1973; 29 USC 794
Americans with Disabilities Act Amendments Act of 2008; 42 USC 12101 et seq.
28 CFR 35.136(d)
ORC Chapter 3323
Chapter 4112
 
 
CROSS REFS.: AC, Nondiscrimination
ACB, Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disability
EBC, Emergency/Safety Plan
JFG, Interrogations and Searches
 
 
NOTE: Although the Americans with Disabilities Act restricts school districts from being responsible for the care of service animals, such as providing food or water, or for taking the animals on walks or restroom breaks, this task should be considered carefully prior to the district refusing to provide such services. 
 
 
Service animals can perform a wide variety of functions, including guiding persons who are blind or have low vision; alerting individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing to sounds; warning persons about impending seizures or other medical conditions; performing a variety of tasks for persons with psychiatric disabilities; and picking up items, opening doors, flipping switches, providing physical support and pulling wheelchairs for individuals with mobility disabilities.
 
The right to bring a service animal in the school is not and should not become a special education issue, and should not, in most circumstances become part of the IEP. 
 
Although in most cases service animals are dogs, there are rare occasions where miniature horses may qualify as a service animal.  
 

 

 

Back To Top

File:  ING-R

ANIMALS IN THE SCHOOLS

Prior to bringing any animal(s) into the schools, other than service animals, the building principal approves the use of the animal(s) for teaching or training of students in accordance with the following regulations.
 
1. Nonhuman primates, rabies vector species (including raccoons, bats, skunks, coyotes or foxes), wolves or wolf-dog hybrids, aggressive or unpredictable animals, stray animals with unknown health and vaccination history, venomous or toxin-producing spiders, insects, reptiles and amphibians, dogs, cats and ferrets that are under 16 weeks of age and dogs, cats or ferrets that are not current on rabies vaccinations are not permitted in the school building under any circumstances. 
 
2. Ferrets, reptiles, amphibians, chicks, ducklings and hatching eggs are not permitted in classrooms with children under five years of age. 
 
3. Students may not bring personal pets to school at any time, for any purpose. 
 
4. In addition to all other requirements in this policy, it is permissible for the class to have one or more animals as classroom pets under the following conditions: 
 
A. no one is allergic to the animal;
 
B. proper examinations and immunizations have been given by a veterinarian;
 
C. arrangements have been made for housing the animal safely, comfortably, cleanly and in a manner that does not disrupt the classroom environment;
 
D. arrangements have been made for the proper care of the animal when school is not in session and
 
E. rules have been established for the handling and treatment of the animal.
 
5. When live animals are used as part of a study, prior approval of the building principal is required and the following rules apply:
 
A. a science teacher or other qualified adult supervisor assumes primary responsibility for the purposes and conditions of the study;
 
B. studies involving animals have clearly defined objectives;
 
C. all animals used in the studies must be acquired in accordance with law;
 
D. the comfort of the animal used in the study is highly regarded and
 
E. when animals are kept on school premises over weekends or vacation periods, adequate housing is provided and a qualified individual is assigned care and feeding responsibilities.
 
6. When animals are used as part of an experiment, such as dissection in a science course, the building principal/designee notifies parents so that individuals who find such activity unpleasant or objectionable may be given a different assignment.
 
7. Animal cages and containers are equipped with properly fitting lids and are free from excessive accumulation of animal waste. 
 
8. Hand washing facilities are available and immediately used when animals are handled. 
 
9. Animals are not permitted to roam in the school building, except for therapy animals or animals used for other human assistance. 
 
10. Animals are not permitted on surfaces where food or drink is prepared or consumed. 
 
11. All animal feed is tightly sealed and labeled in containers separate from human food. 
 
In compliance with Federal law, the Board permits the use of service animals in the schools for those individuals with qualified disabilities.  Service animals must:
 
1. be on a harness, leash or other tether or be under the control of the handler either through voice commands, signals or other means;
 
2. be housebroken and
 
3. be up-to-date on vaccinations.
 
In the rare case the animal is aggressive or disruptive and not housebroken, the school may exclude the animal,. 
 
 
[Adoption Date: October 21, 2004]
[Revision Date: May 17, 2012]
 

Back To Top
 

SECTION J: STUDENT

JA
JAA

JB
JB-R
JB-1-E
JB-2-E
JB-3-E

JC

JD*

JE*
JEA
JEB
JEC
JECA
JECAA
JECB
JECBA
JECBA-R
JECBB
JECBC
JECBD
JECBD-R
JECC
JECD
JECE
JED
JED-R
JED-E
JEDA
JEDB
JEE
JEF*
JEFA*
JEFB
JEG
JEGA

JF
JFA
JFA-R
JFB
JFBA*
JFC
JFCA
JFCB
JFCC
JFCC-R
JFCD*
JFCE*
JFCEA
JFCF
JFCF-R
JFCH-R/JFCI-R
JFCG
JFCH
JFCI
JFCIA*
JFCIAA*
JFCJ
JFCK
JFCL
JFD*
JFE
JFF*
JFG
JFG-R
JFH*
JFI*

JG
JGA
JGB
JGC*
JGD
JGDA
JGE
JGF*

JH*
JHA*
JHB*
JHC
JHCA
JHCB
JHCC
JHCCA

JHCD
JHCD-R
JHCD-1-E
JHD*
JHDA*
JHE*
JHEA*
JHF
JHFA*
JHFB*
JHFC*
JHFD*
JHG
JHG-R
JHG-E
JHH

JI*

JJ*

JK

JL

JM

JN
JN-E

JO
JO-R
JO-E
JOB

Student Policies Goals
        Student Policies Priority Objectives

Equal Educational Opportunities
Equal Educational Opportunities
Formal Grievance
Informal Conference Record With Responsible Administrator
Formal Grievance

School Attendance Areas

School Census

Student Attendance
        Compulsory Attendance Ages
        Entrance Age (Mandatory Kindergarten)
        School Admission
               Admission of Resident Students
                        Admission of Homeless Students
               Admission of Nonresident Students
                        Admission of Exchange Students
                        Admission of Exchange Students
                        Admission of Interdistrict Transfer Students
                        Admission of Students from Nonchartered or Home Schooling
                        Intradistrict Open Enrollment
                        Intradistrict Open Enrollment
               Assignment of Students to Schools
               Assignment of Students to Classes
               Student Withdrawal from School (Loss of Driving Privileges)
       Student Absences and Excuses
       Student Absences and Excuses
       Out of School Make-up Work Form
               Truancy
               Student Dismissal Precautions
       Student Attendance Accounting (Missing and Absent Children)
       Released Time for Students
               Open Campus
               Released Time for Religious Instruction
        Exclusions and Exemptions from School Attendance
               Permanent Exclusion

Student Rights and Responsibilities
        Student Due Process Rights
        Student Due Process Rights
        Student Involvement in Decision Making (Also ABC)
                Student Government
        Student Conduct
                Student Dress Code
                Care of School Property by Students
                Student Conduct on School Buses (Also EEACC)
                Student Conduct on School Buses (Also EEACC-R)
                Underground Student Publications
                Secret Societies
                           Gangs
                Hazing and Bullying
                Alcohol Use By Students/Student Drug Abuse
                Tobacco Use by Students
                Alcohol Use by Students
                Student Drug Abuse
                Prevention of Chemical Abuse
                Impatient Treatment
                Weapons in the Schools
                Use of Electronic Communications Equipment by Students
                Unsafe Schools (Persistently Dangerous Schools)
         Students of Legal Age
         Pregnant Students
         Married Students
         Interrogations and Searches
         Interrogations and Searches
         Student Complaints and Grievances
         Student Demonstrations and Strikes

Student Discipline
         Corporal Punishment
         Detention of Students
         Probation of Students
         Student Suspension
                 Emergency Removal of Student
         Student Expulsion
         Discipline of Disabled Students

Student Welfare
        Student Insurance Program
        Student Aid Programs
        Student Health Services and Requirements
                Student Health Records
                 Inoculation of Students
                 Communicable Diseases
                          HIV/AIDS (Human Immunodeficiency Virus/Acquired Immune
                          Deficiency Syndrome) (Also GBEA)
                 Administering Medicines To Students
                 Administering Medicines To Students
                 Physician Permission For Administration of Medication To Students
        Student Psychological Services
                 Psychological Testing of Students
        Student Social Services
                 Home Visits
        Student Safety
                 Supervision of Students
                 Student Safety Patrols
                 Student Bicycle Use
                 Student Automobile Use
         Reporting Child Abuse
         Reporting Child Abuse
         Confidential Report of Suspected Child Abuse and Neglect
         Notification About Sex Offenders

Student Awards and Scholarships

Student Volunteers for School and Public Service

Employment of Students

Student Gifts and Solicitations

Staff-Student Relations (Also GBH)

Student Fees, Fines and Charges
Application For Waiver of Student Instructional Materials Fees

Student Records
Student Records
Denial of Permission to Release Directory Information Without Prior Written Consent
Notification of Rights Under the Protection of Pupil Rights Amendment (PPRA)

 * These topics are not currently covered by Board policy.

 

 

Back To Top

 

File:  JA

STUDENT POLICIES GOALS

The Board advocates the following goals to:

    1.    enhance equal educational opportunities for all students;

    2.    instill in all students the ability to be critical thinkers and to strive for lifelong
           learning;

    3.    promote faithful attendance;

    4.    ensure that the Constitutional rights of all students as citizens in a democracy
            have practical meaning and application;

    5.    develop in students a deep sense of personal responsibility for their actions;

    6.    attend vigorously to matters of student safety, health and welfare;

    7.    deal justly and constructively with all students in matters of discipline and

    8.    help all students feel that they are valued as individual persons in the school
           environment.


[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    Ohio Const. Art. II
                               ORC    3313.48

 

Back To Top

 

File:  JAA

STUDENT POLICIES PRIORITY OBJECTIVES

Miamisburg City Schools encourages each student to:

    1.    achieve a feeling of self-worth;

    2.    accept the worth and dignity of all people;

    3.    be creative in his/her selected fields of endeavor;

    4.    develop a positive attitude toward the rights and privileges of participating
           citizenship and an understanding of the responsibilities involved;

    5.    grow as a responsible member of his/her family and to recognize the family as
           the basic social unit;

    6.    attain and preserve good physical and mental health;

    7.    plan for and appreciate the wise use of leisure time;

    8.    develop skills and abilities to communicate ideas and feelings;

    9.    acquire habits of analytical thinking and problem solving;

 10.    achieve his/her potential in the basic academic areas;

 11.    develop skills necessary to utilize all available educational resources;

 12.    understand the American economic system and its relationship to a productive
           life;

 13.    realize the role of vocations in society and to understand the changing
          opportunities open to him/her and

 14.    utilize guidance and counseling services to help him/her with vocational
          planning.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

Back To Top

File:  JB

EQUAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES

All students of the District have equal educational opportunities.

Students have the right to be free from discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin, citizenship status, religion, sex, economic status, marital status, pregnancy, age or disability in all decisions affecting admissions; membership in school-sponsored organizations, clubs or activities; access to facilities; distribution of funds; academic evaluations or any other aspect of school-sponsored activities.  Any limitations with regard to participation in a school-sponsored activity are based on criteria reasonably related to that specific activity.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    Civil Rights Act, Title VI; 42 USC 2000d et seq.
                               Civil Rights Act, (Amended 1972), Title VII; 42 USC 2000e et seq.
                               Executive Order 11246, 1965, amended by Executive Order 11375
                               Education Amendments of 1972, Title IX, Pub. L. No. 92-318 (1972)
                               Individuals with Disabilities Education Act
                               Vocational Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Section 504
                               ORC    3313.64
                               OAC    3301-35-02(a)(2)
                               Americans with Disabilities Act; 42 USC 12112 et seq.

CROSS REFS.:    AC, Nondiscrimination
                                ACA, Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Sex
                                ACB, Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disability
                                GBA, Equal Opportunity Employment
                                IGBA, Programs for Students with Disabilities
                                IGBB, Programs for Gifted and Talented Students
                                IGBI, English as a Second Language (Limited English Proficiency)
                                IGBJ, Title I Programs
                                JFA, Student Due Process Rights

Back To Top

File:  JB-R

EQUAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES

Designation of Equal Educational Opportunities Officers

    1.    The Director of Pupil Services/Federal Programs is the designated E.E.O.
            Officer for monitoring and ensuring the District’s compliance with Title IX,
            Education Amendments of 1972 pertaining to student recreational and athletic
            activities, student guidance and counseling services, and student curricular and
            extracurricular educational experiences.

    2.    The Director of Pupil Services/Federal Programs is the designated E.E.O.
            Officer for monitoring and ensuring the District’s compliance with P.L. 94-142
            and P.L. 93-112, Section 504, relating to students with disabilities, and for all
            other state and federal statutes or regulations pertaining to students with
            disabilities.

Notification of Name, Position, Address and Telephone Numbers of E.E.O. Officer

    1.    The name, position, address and telephone number of each E.E.O. Officer is
            published in the District Annual Report, together with a brief description of the
            complaint procedure and appeal process.

    2.    All appeals shall be processed in accordance with Section 504, P.L. 93-112 or
           with Title IX, Education Amendments of 1972, and shall include both informal
           and formal appeals, with final internal appeal to the Superintendent.

(Approval date:  October 21, 2004)

Back To Top

File:  JB-1-E

FORMAL GRIEVANCE
P.L. 94-142 and Section 504
P.L. 93-112 and Title IX Regulations

Back To Top

File:  JB-2-E

INFORMAL CONFERENCE RECORD WITH REPONSIBLE ADMINISTRATOR
P.L. 94-142
504 AND TITLE IX REGULATIONS

Back To Top

File:  JB-3-E

FORMAL GRIEVANCE
P.L. 94-142 and Section 504
P.L. 93-112 and Title IX Regulations

Back To Top


File:  JC

SCHOOL ATTENDANCE AREAS

The Board determines attendance areas for the various schools of the District.  The Superintendent recommends boundary lines, taking into consideration the best use of school facilities, the equalization of enrollments in classrooms, natural barriers and traffic hazards and patterns.  Except as the foregoing factors influence boundary lines, the area established should permit each student to attend the school nearest his/her place of residence.

Students are expected to attend the schools in the areas in which they live; individual exceptions may be made within Board policy or may be made in the best interests of the student and/or the schools.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3313.48; 3313.64; 3313.65; 3313.97
                                            3319.01

CROSS REFS.:    JECBD, Intradistrict Open Enrollment
                                JECC, Assignment of Students to Schools

Back To Top

File:  JEA

COMPULSORY ATTENDANCE AGES

Under law, children between the ages of six and 18 are of compulsory school age.  Every person of compulsory school age must attend a school which conforms to the Minimum Standards prescribed by the State Board of Education until one of the following occurs.

    1.    The person receives a diploma granted by the Board or other governing
           authority indicating such student has successfully completed all state and local
           requirements.

    2.    The person is excused from school under standards adopted by the State
            Board of Education pursuant to State law.

The parent(s) of any person that is of compulsory school age must send such person to school unless he/she is exempt as listed above.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3321.01 et. seq.
                                            3331.02
                               OAC    3301-35-02

CROSS REFS.:    IGBG, Home Bound Instruction
                               JEB, Entrance Age (Mandatory Kindergarten)
                               JEG, Exclusions and Exemptions from School Attendance
                               JFE, Pregnant Students

Back To Top

File:  JEB

ENTRANCE AGE
(Mandatory Kindergarten)

Each child who is five years of age on or before September 30 shall be eligible to enroll in kindergarten.  Each child who is six years of age on or before September 30 and who has successfully completed kindergarten shall be eligible to enroll in the first grade.

When a request for early entrance to kindergarten is received, the building principal interviews the parent(s) and child and arranges for the testing.  The child’s fifth birthday must fall between October 1 and December 31 of the year requested for early entrance.  The testing assists the Superintendent by measuring the following areas.

    1.    The child’s mental age should be between 14 and 16 months above his/her
           chronological age as determined by standardized tests.

    2.    The child’s total I.Q. should be at least 125 on a deviation scale as determined
            by standardized testing.

    3.    The child should possess and demonstrate social and emotional characteristics
            that permit conformity with the pattern of behavior commonly expected of
            children in kindergarten.

    4.    Admission of the child is recommended by both the school psychologist and
           building principal.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3321.01
                               OAC    3301-35-03(F)(1)

CROSS REF.:    JEA, Compulsory Attendance Ages

Back To Top

File:  JEC

SCHOOL ADMISSION

The District provides free education to District residents, ages of three to five for identified / qualified pre-school and five through 21 for those who do not possess a diploma.

A student is considered a resident of the District if he/she resides with a parent or a person or government agency with legal custody whose place of residence is within the boundaries of the District.

New entrants at all grade levels are required to present at the time of enrollment a birth certificate or other document as evidence of birth, a certified copy of any child custody order or decree, proof of having received or being in the process of receiving required immunizations and copies of those records pertaining to him/her which are maintained by the school most recently attended.

In addition, students released from the Department of Youth Services (DYS) just prior to requesting admission to the District, may not be admitted until the Superintendent has received all required documents provided by DYS. Forwarded documents are:
1.    an updated copy of student’s transcript
2.    a report of the student’s behavior in school while in DYS custody
3.    the student’s current individualized educational plan (IEP) if developed, and
4.    a summary of the institutional record of the student’s behavior

DYS has 14 days to send the documents to the Superintendent.

[Adoption date:  December 16, 2004]
[Revised date:    June 28, 2007 ]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3313.48; 3313.64; 3313.67; 3313.671; 3313.672
                                            3317.08
                                            3319.321
                                            3321.01
                                            3301.51096E
                               OAC    3301-35-03(F)

CROSS REFS.:    AFI, Evaluation of Educational Resources
                                JEE, Student Attendance Accounting (Missing and Absent Children)
                                JHCB, Inoculations of Students

Back To Top

File:  JECA

ADMISSION OF RESIDENT STUDENTS

Designated Attendance Areas for Resident Students

All resident students residing within the boundaries of the District shall attend the school designated for the student’s particular area of residency, unless variance has been approved.  Such a variance may be granted when the welfare of the student may be affected.  Transportation of the student becomes the responsibility of the parent.

Determining Resident Status

The following conditions shall constitute residency for which tuition will not be charged:

    1.    the custodial parent(s)/guardian(s) reside in the District;

    2.    the parents are separated or divorced, but both parents reside in the District;

    3.    the parents are legally separated or divorced and the custodial parent resides
           in the District;

    4.    the child is placed in a foster home, or moves to another home in the District
           and the parent(s) reside in the District;

    5.    the student (under 18 years of age) is married and lives with a resident spouse;

    6.    the student is 18 years of age but not more than 21, resides in the District, lives
           apart from his/her father and mother and supports himself/herself by his/her own
           labor or

    7.    the student is a foreign exchange student recommended by an approved
           service or educational organization.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

Back To Top

File:  JECAA

ADMISSION OF HOMELESS STUDENTS

The Board believes that all school-aged students, including homeless students, have a basic right to admission in the District schools and equal educational opportunities.  Accordingly, the District must enroll each homeless student in the District in the school determined to be in the student’s best interest.  A homeless student or individual is defined as an individual who lacks fixed, regular and adequate nighttime residence and who has a primary nighttime residence and includes those who are:

    1.    sharing the housing of other persons because of loss of housing, economic
           hardship or a similar reason;

    2.    living in motels, hotels, trailer parks, or camping grounds because of the lack of
           alternative adequate accommodations;

    3.    living in emergency or transitional shelters;

    4.    awaiting foster care placement;

    5.    living in a primary nighttime residence that is a public or private place not
           designed for or ordinarily used as regular sleeping accommodations for human
           beings;

    6.    living in cars, parks, public spaces, abandoned buildings, substandard housing,
           bus or train stations, or similar settings or

    7.    living in a migratory situation that qualifies as homeless because a child lacks a
           fixed, regular and adequate nighttime residence.

In compliance with the Stewart B. McKinney Homeless Assistance Act, the District must enroll a homeless student in either:

    1.    the school of origin for the remainder of the academic year or, if the student
           becomes homeless between academic years, for the following academic year
           or

    2.    the school which he/she would attend if he/she were a resident of the District.

The Board ensures that:
    1.    it reviews and revises Board policies and regulations to eliminate barriers to
           the enrollment, retention and success in school of homeless students;
    2.    it appoints a District liaison who ensures that homeless students enroll and
           succeed in school and
    3.    homeless students are provided with transportation services that are at least
           comparable to the service provided to non-homeless students.

1 of 2

Back To Top

File:  JECAA

If the District receives sub grants to implement this policy, the liaison ensures compliance with the sub grant and coordinates services for homeless students with local social service agencies and programs, including those funded under the Runaway and Homeless Youth Act.

To the extent feasible, the District complies with the request made by a parent(s) regarding school placement regardless of whether the student lives with the homeless parent(s) or is temporarily residing elsewhere.

A student who ceases to be homeless may continue to receive services until the end of the period of time for which the service was originally intended to be provided, which may be the end of the school year or the end of a program cycle.

The District complies with the Ohio Department of Education’s Plan, Ohio and Federal law for the education of homeless children and youth.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REF.:    42 USC Sections 11431 et seq.

CROSS REF.:    AC, Nondiscrimination

2 of 2

Back To Top

File:  JECB

ADMISSION OF NONRESIDENT STUDENTS

The Board will not accept (tuition) students who are neither residents nor entitled to receive a free public education in this District.  Residence is defined as being physically present and living as a householder during significant parts of each day and night.  Indicators of residency include such activities as sleeping, working, eating and receiving mail at the householder’s address.  This Board recognizes that students who are in the joint custody of divorced parents are entitled to attend school tuition free in the district of residence of either parent.

In order to be eligible for a free public education in the District’s schools, a student must be the child of a resident of the District.  If legal or permanent custody or legal guardianship of the student has been granted by a court to a resident of the District or a government agency within the District, the student is entitled to attend District schools and tuition is paid in compliance with State law. 

In compliance with State law, students are exempt from paying tuition when:
    1.    an adult resident of the District submits a sworn statement that he/she has
           begun legal custody proceedings for the student (maximum 60 days permitted);
    2.    the student is at least 18 but not yet 22 years of age and resides in the District,
           lives apart from his/her parent(s), supports himself/herself by his/her own labor
           and does not possess a high school diploma;
    3.    the student is under 18 years of age, resides in the District and is married,
           regardless of the residence of the parent(s);
    4.    the student has a medical condition which may require emergency attention and
           his/her parent is employed in the District;
           (The parent(s) of such child must submit to the Board a statement from the
           child’s physician certifying that the child’s medical condition may require
           emergency medical attention.)
    5.    the student resides with a person other than his/her parent(s) and such student
           has a parent serving outside Ohio in the U.S. Armed Services;
           (The student’s parent(s) must file an affidavit with the Superintendent stating (1)
           that the parent is serving outside the state in the U.S. Armed Services, (2) that
           the parent intends to reside in the District upon returning to the state, and (3) the
           name and address of the person with whom the student is living while the parent
           is outside the state.  This tuition exemption may be granted only for a period of
           up to 12 months.)
    6.    the student resides with a parent who is planning to either have a home built or
           has purchased a home in the District and is waiting for the closing date of the
           mortgage loan;
           (The student’s parent(s) must provide the Superintendent with a sworn
           statement revealing the location of the house and the parent(s)’ intention to
           reside there.  The parent(s) must also provide a statement from a homebuilder,
           real estate broker or bank officer confirming that the house construction is
           planned or is awaiting approval of the mortgage loan.  The period for tuition-free
           attendance in these cases may extend up to 90 days or as established by the
           Superintendent.)

1 of 3

Back To Top

File:  JECB

    7.    the student resides with his/her parent(s) under the care of a shelter for victims
           of domestic violence;
    8.    This District does not accept students on the basis of the grandparent issue/act.
    9.    the student is under the age of 22 and his/her parent(s) moved from the District
           following the commencement of classes during the student’s senior year, for the
           remainder of the school year and for one additional semester, provided the
           Board has approved such a procedure;
  10.    the student is under the age of 22 and because of the death of a parent resides
           in a new school district;
           (The student is entitled to finish the current school year in the District upon
           approval of the Board.)
  11.    the student is under the age of 22 and the superintendent of the district in which
            the student is entitled to attend (the student’s district of origin) enters into a
            contract with the Superintendent of this District (the district into which the
            student wishes to enroll) consenting to the attendance of the student in this
            District;
            (The Superintendent of this District specifies that the purpose of such
            attendance is to protect the student’s physical or mental well-being or to deal
            with other extenuating circumstances deemed appropriate by the
            Superintendent.)

The following conditions shall constitute non-residency and parent(s)/guardian(s) of students attending District schools under these conditions shall be required to pay tuition:

Children placed in a foster home by a private agency or by a governmental agency such as court of appropriate jurisdiction or the Welfare Department.  Approval shall be obtained from the Pupil Personnel Director and written assurance of tuition payment must be obtained by the Treasurer from the student’s resident district.

The Board does not waive the payment of tuition, except:

    1.    when agreements have been established with other boards of education to
           serve their students in vocational or special education classes on a cooperative
           basis, as permitted by law or

    2.    when foreign exchange students, sponsored under an approved exchange
           program, reside in the District temporarily.

In all cases, specific Board permission to waive tuition must be obtained for each individual case.

The District may temporarily deny admittance to any student who is otherwise entitled to be admitted to the District, if the student has been expelled from the schools of another district and if the period of expulsion has not expired.  The student and parent(s) will have an opportunity for a hearing before the Superintendent/designee to determine the admittance or non-admittance of the student.

2 of 3

Back To Top

File:  JECB

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3311.211
                                           3313.64; 3313.644; 3313.65
                                           3317.08
                                           3327.04; 3327.06
                              OAC    3301-35-03; 3301-42-01

CONTRACT REFS.:    Teachers’ Negotiated Agreement
                                       Classified Staff Negotiated Agreement

3 of 3

Back To Top

File:  JECBA

ADMISSION OF EXCHANGE STUDENTS

The Board believes that one of the most effective vehicles for improving international understanding is communications among the individuals of various nations. Accordingly, the Board endorses the involvement of high school students and their families in recognized foreign exchange student programs.  The Superintendent and administrative staff are responsible for developing regulations to direct the involvement of the high school with such programs.

Exchange students are not responsible for tuition if sponsored under an approved exchange program while temporarily residing in the District with a host family.  Exchange students must meet the regulations and expectations of local students, including immunization requirements. 

Exchange students are encouraged to participate in all student activities, provided they meet the academic requirements. 

The Board reserves the right to limit the number of exchange students in any given year.

Foreign exchange students not enrolled in a state-approved educational or exchange program must be legally adopted by a resident of that school district in order to be eligible for athletics.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

Back To Top

File:  JECBA-R

ADMISSION OF EXCHANGE STUDENTS

School Admissions:  Foreign Students

Students who are residents of a foreign nation may be admitted to schools in the District provided they are recommended as a foreign exchange student by an approved service or educational organization.  Generally, such organizations must be listed in the Council on Standards for International Education Travel advisory list of international educational, travel and exchange programs.  Additionally, the sponsoring agency must not charge the student or their family a participation fee which exceeds the cost of travel expenses, insurance and minimal spending money.  The total number of exchange students in the school during any semester shall be determined by the Superintendent.  First priority will be given to the Rotary Exchange, AFS Exchange and Owen Sound Sister City Exchange Student program.

It is expected that the sponsoring family will contact the District’s pupil service’s office as soon as they determine that an appropriately sponsored exchange student will be placed with them.  As a minimum, all exchange students must enroll and be registered for classes at least two weeks (10 working days) prior to the start of the school year.  Appropriate placement and the development of the exchange student’s course(s) and daily schedule are contingent upon prior notification.  Failure to provide notification will preclude placement of the exchange student in a District school.

Students admitted as foreign exchange students will be expected to participate in community enrichment activities such as speaking engagements, in-school cultural presentations and extracurricular school activities.

Students shall be admitted as residents and are expected to be able to perform satisfactorily in speaking and writing of the English language.  The District will not be responsible for providing individual tutoring for foreign students either in English as a second language or for individual courses.  Students who are unable to perform satisfactorily in the speaking and writing of English may be admitted.  However, they shall receive no credit for classes and shall receive only a certificate of attendance

(Approval date:  October 21, 2004)

Back To Top

File:  JECBB

ADMISSION OF INTERDISTRICT TRANSFER STUDENTS

The Board does not participate in an open enrollment program for students from other districts and does not accept such students.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REF.:    ORC    3313.98

File:  JECBC

ADMISSION OF STUDENTS
FROM NONCHARTERED OR HOME SCHOOLING

Resident Miamisburg students pursuing an education through the home schooling option shall be excused from attendance in accordance with Chapter 3301-34 of the Ohio Administrative Code.  Students seeking admission into the District’s schools who have been enrolled in non-chartered schools or home schooling programs may be required to take competency examinations.  The purpose of these examinations is to determine the proper grade placement for these students.  Grades for credits granted shall be entered into the permanent record as “Passed” (P) and shall not be calculated in determining grade point average or class rank.

In making a placement decision, the Superintendent may consider:

    1.    the student’s most recent annual academic assessment report;

    2.    whether to require the student to take any or all of the nationally normed,
           standardized achievement tests that are regularly scheduled for District
           students of similar age;

    3.    whether to require a student in grades 6-8 to take final exams for grade level
           placement;

    4.    whether to require a student in grades 9-12 to take final exams for credit only
           and

    5.   other evaluation information that may include interviews with the student and the
          parent.

Home schooled students and/or part-time students are not eligible for designation as salutatorian or valedictorian for graduation purposes.

Special education services will be provided to home schooled students in accordance with applicable State and Federal laws and regulations.

Home schooled students who wish to participate in cocurricular or extracurricular activities must be enrolled in the District schools on a part-time basis.  Part-time enrollment is defined as: 

            High school (9-12)    enrolled in at least 1 full credit, core academic course per
                                                semester.  (Core academic is defined as language arts,
                                                mathematics, foreign language, science, social studies.) 

           Middle school (7-8)    2 courses including 1 year-long core academic.

           Elementary (K-6)    1/2 day defined as a minimum of 3 hours.

Parents of a part-time enrolled student must provide weekly documentation of academic progress in order for the student to be declared eligible for participation.  All other athletic eligibility requirements must be met to maintain eligibility.

1 of 2

Back To Top

File:  JECBC

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REF.:    OAC    3301-34-06

CROSS REFS.:    IGBG, Home Bound Instruction
                                IGCF, Home Education
                                IGD, Cocurricular and Extracurricular Activities

2 of 2

Back To Top

File:  JECBD

INTRADISTRICT OPEN ENROLLMENT

Students should be permitted to attend their school of choice within the District.  The Board permits students to apply for attendance at their school of choice based upon criteria established by the school administration.  The specific criteria are consistent with State law and include application procedures, including deadlines for application and notification of students and principals of alternative schools, whenever a student’s application is accepted.  Only students wishing to attend a school other than their assigned school need apply.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3313.64; 3313.65; 3313.97

CROSS REF.:    JECC, Assignment of Students to Schools

Back To Top

File:  JECBD-R

INTRADISTRICT OPEN ENROLLMENT

The Board believes that students should be permitted to attend their school of choice within the District.  The Board will permit students to apply for attendance at their school of choice based upon criteria established by the school administration.  The specific criteria shall be consistent with State law and shall include:

    1.    Students assigned by attendance area to a specific school building will be
           given first priority.

    2.    Transfers may not create a racial imbalance.

    3.    Grade level and program balance must be maintained.  The following will be
            used to determine eligibility for intradistrict open enrollment:

            A.    Kindergarten – 20 students per class
                    (When a request for intradistrict will take the school’s student teacher ratio
                    for kindergarten to 20.1 to 1 or above, that request shall be denied.)

            B.   Grades 1-5 – 23 students per class
                   (When a request for intradistrict will take the school’s student teacher ratio
                   for that grade level to 23.1 to 1 or above, that request shall be denied.)

    4.    With the exception of those requests approved prior to April 25, 2002,
           intradistrict transfer requests will be approved for one school year only.  Annual
           re-application will be required.  (Per previously adopted policy, intradistrict
           transfer requests approved prior to April 25, 2002 shall remain in effect for the
           remainder of the child’s K-5 school career.)

    5.    Students receiving special education services are required to attend the school
           within the District where the services specified on the student’s IEP are currently
           available.

    6.    The parent of each student must apply in writing to the building principal of
            choice for intradistrict placement NLT June 15 each year.  The school principal
            will determine if the criteria for eligibility can be met.  Each application will be
           date/time stamped upon receipt.  Selection for consideration will be rank
           ordered by lottery from the applications received on/before the deadline.

    7.    The building principal of choice will provide the Director of Pupil Services
           recommendation for or against granting the intradistrict transfer request.  In
           accordance with the above stated standards, the Director of Pupil Services will
           make the final decision whether to grant or to deny the intradistrict transfer
           request.

    8.    The Director of Pupil Services will notify the parents when action has been
            taken on their request.

    9.    Transportation shall be the responsibility of the parent.  Bus transportation will
            be available from an existing stop that serves the requested school.

1 of 2

Back To Top

File:  JECBD-R

   10.    The student, once reassigned, will remain in the school of choice for that school
             year.

  11.    Once the school year has commenced, any elementary student who changes
            residence to another elementary attendance area may stay in their original
            elementary school.

(Approval date:  October 21, 2004)

2 of 2

Back To Top

File:  JECC

ASSIGNMENT OF STUDENTS TO SCHOOLS

The Board approves attendance areas.  Students attend the school that serves the attendance area in which their parents reside or, upon acceptance, the student may attend another school pursuant to the District’s intradistrict open enrollment policy.

The Superintendent has authority to assign students to schools.  The Superintendent or his/her designee is authorized to make exceptions on the basis of hardship and student need and to assign a student to a school outside his/her own attendance area.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3313.49; 3313.64; 3313.65; 3313.97
                                            3319.01

CROSS REFS.:    JC, School Attendance Areas
                                JECBD, Intradistrict Open Enrollment

Back To Top

File:  JECD

ASSIGNMENT OF STUDENTS TO CLASSES

Grade placement shall be the responsibility of the principal and shall be based on general achievement, consideration being given to the mental, physical, emotional and social maturity of the student.  In general, students transferring into the system will be placed in the same grade level as in the school from which they transferred, but students transferring, as well as continuing students, may be retained or advanced in grade at the principal’s discretion.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

Back To Top

File:  JECE

STUDENT WITHDRAWAL FROM SCHOOL
(Loss of Driving Privileges)

When the Superintendent receives information that a student of compulsory school age has withdrawn from school, the Superintendent must, within two weeks after the withdrawal, notify the registrar of motor vehicles and the county juvenile judge.  Notification is not necessary if a student has withdrawn because of a change of residence; the student is enrolled in and attending, in accordance with District policy, an approved program to obtain a diploma or its equivalent and is regularly employed.

Notification to the registrar of motor vehicles and the county juvenile judge must comply with State and Federal law.

After receiving such information from the Superintendent, the registrar of motor vehicles is required to suspend the temporary instruction permit or driver’s license of the student who is the subject of the notice.  If a temporary permit or license has not been issued to that student, the registrar is prohibited from issuing a temporary permit or a license.  Any denial of driving privileges would remain in effect until the student reaches 18 or until the denial of driving privileges is terminated for another reason allowable under State law.

In compliance with State law, a student whose driving privileges have been denied can file a petition seeking his/her reinstatement with the juvenile court in whose jurisdiction he/she resides.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3319.321
                                            3321.13
                                            4507.061
                               Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act; 20 USC 1232g

Back To Top

File:  JED

STUDENT ABSENCES AND EXCUSES

Attendance

Pursuant to the Compulsory Attendance Law as defined by the Ohio Revised Code, all students enrolled in the District will be expected to attend school daily and attend all scheduled classes for the time period designated as the “school year” by the District. The District believes there is a direct correlation between a student’s academic success and attendance.  Frequent  absences from school disrupts the educational process and as a result, the benefit of regular classroom instruction is diminished.

Procedures

This attendance policy shall be administered as follows:

    1.    Absence Calls

           If a student must be absent from school for one of the excused/authorized
           reasons, the parent or guardian will call the school involved on the day of the
           absence, no later than 8:30 a.m. (6-12) or 9:30 a.m. (K-5) to notify the
           attendance office and explain the nature of the absence and its duration.  Each
           school shall maintain an accurate log of all such calls.  As a minimum, the log
           shall include name of student, person (parent or guardian) making the call, date
           and time of call, reason (see excused/authorized code) for absence and the
           name of the person taking the call.  This log shall be maintained for a minimum
           of five years.  Upon returning to school, the student needs to provide a note
           stating the reason for the absence.

    2.    Make-up Work

           When a student knows he or she is going to be out from school they will be
           required to use the “out of school make-up work form” to inform the teachers of
           his or her absence.  If teachers are able to get the work together prior to the
           student being out, students can take the work with them.  If teachers are not able
           to gather the work ahead of time, the student will be presented with the work
           upon their return. There may be some classroom or laboratory work which, due
           to its nature, may not be able to be made up.  When this issue arises, an
           alternative assignment may be given in place of this classroom or laboratory
           work.  The number of consecutive days of absences, excused and unexcused,
           plus one day, equals the time allocated for make-up of missed work.  The
           obligations for approaching his/her teacher for make-up tests, quizzes,
           assignments and homework is solely the student’s.  Failure to complete
           make-up work in the prescribed number of days or within the period of time
           mutually agreed upon by the teacher and student (in special cases) will result in
           the loss of credit for the make-up work. 

1 of 4

Back To Top

File:  JED

    3.    Excused/Authorized Absences

           Excused/authorized absences will be defined as an absence from school or a
           scheduled class due to one of the following reasons:

            A.    personal illness;
            B.    illness in the immediate family;
            C.    quarantine of the home;
            D.    death of a relative;
            E.    observance of recognized religious holidays*;
            F.    emergency or set of circumstances which in the judgment of the
                   Superintendent constitutes a good and sufficient cause for absence from
                   school;
            G.    medical or dental appointment;
            H.    college visitation.

            *Absences for religious holidays will not affect a student’s perfect attendance
             record.

             The explanation of each past absence shall be made by the parent or guardian
              to the Superintendent or to the person designated by the Superintendent to
              approve or disapprove absences for each school in the District.

     4.     Unexcused/Unauthorized Absences

             Unexcused/unauthorized absences are defined as those student absences not
             meeting the criteria for excused/authorized absences.  Some examples of
             unexcused/unauthorized absences are:

             A.    shopping;
             B.    oversleeping;
             C.    missing bus/ride;
             D.    non-school athletic events;
             E.    haircuts or hair appointments;
             F.    individual student trips;
             G.    vacation;
             H.    hunting;
               I.    fishing.

             Parental permission shall not make an absence excused/authorized if it does
             not meet the criteria set forth above.  Unexcused/unauthorized absences will
             be treated as truancy from school at the discretion of the school principal.

2 of 4

Back To Top

File:  JED

    5.    Tardy to School

            All students arriving late to school anytime during the day will be considered
            tardy.  All such students will report to the attendance secretary or principal in
            charge of attendance immediately upon entering the building.  They will receive
            an admit slip and their tardiness/absence will be recorded before they are sent
            to class.  No one will be admitted to a class without an admit slip.  These
            tardies as well as tardies throughout the day to individual classes will be
            reasons for a student to receive discipline and incur the sanctions as
            prescribed by civil and legal rights and responsibilities, conduct, due process,
            sanctions and Miamisburg City Schools’ sanctions.

    6.    Early Dismissals

           All students who must leave school during the day for an appointment must
           submit a request for an early dismissal to the attendance office or principal in
           charge of attendance prior to the first period of the day of the appointment.  This
           written request must include the student’s name, the time for early dismissal and
           the reason for requesting the early dismissal.  This note must be signed by a
           parent or guardian and include a phone number where they can be reached that
           day.  No early dismissals will be granted without fulfillment of the above
           requirements.  The student will pick up his/her early dismissal slip prior to
           leaving school, sign out with the attendance secretary, and sign back in
           immediately upon return.

    7.    Ill Students

           All students who feel ill must report to the principal in charge of attendance or
           the attendance office before reporting to the clinic or going home.  Permission
           is required from an administrator to be admitted to the clinic.  Duration of stay in
           the clinic should not exceed 30 minutes.  If a determination is made that a
           student is unable to complete the school day due to illness, a parent or guardian
           will be called to grant permission for that student to be sent home.  All students
           leaving the building for any reason will have in their possession an appropriate
           pass and sign out in the attendance office.

    8.    Period Attendance

           Students are expected to attend all scheduled classes.  
           Unexcused/unauthorized absence from a scheduled class will result in
           disciplinary action in accordance with civil and legal rights and responsibilities,
           conduct, due process, sanctions and Miamisburg City Schools’ sanctions. 
           Referrals of such students will be made to the attendance office by the teacher
           on the Daily Attendance Sheet.

3 of 4

Back To Top

File:  JED

           Students found to be in violation or disregard of the provisions and
           prescriptions contained in the above Attendance Policy will incur disciplinary
           action or sanctions as authorized by civil and legal rights and responsibilities,
           conduct, due process, sanctions, and Miamisburg City Schools’ sanctions.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]
[Revised:            August 17, 2006 ]
[Revised:            October 10, 2007]
[Revised:            January 15, 2009]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3321.01; 3321.04; 3321.13; 3321.14; 3321.38
                                           4507.061
                               OAC    3301-35-02; 3301-35-03
                                           3301-51-13
CROSS REF.:    JHC, Student Health Services and Requirements

4 of 4

Back To Top

File: JED-R

STUDENT ABSENCES AND EXCUSES

Students Habitually Absent – Loss of Driving Privileges

When the Superintendent receives information that a student of compulsory school age has been absent  without legitimate excuse for more than 10 consecutive days or a total of at least 15 days in any term or semester, the following procedure applies.

1.       Superintendent notifies, in writing, the student and his/her parent(s) and states
          that information regarding the student’s absences has been provided to the
          Superintendent, and, as a result of that information, the student’s driving
          privileges are denied. This notification also states that the student and his/her
          parent(s) may appear before the Superintendent/designee to challenge the
          information provided to the Superintendent.

2.       The notice from the Superintendent to the student includes the scheduled time,
           place and date of the hearing, which is scheduled between three and five days
           after the notification is given. Upon the request of the student or parent(s), an
           extension may be granted by the Superintendent. The Superintendent must then
           notify the student and the parent(s) of the new hearing time, place and date.

3.        At the hearing before the Superintendent/designee, the student has an
           opportunity to present evidence that he/she has not be habitually absent without
           legitimate excuse. State law defines “legitimate excuses” for absence from
           school to include, but not be limited to:

           A.     enrollment in another school or school district in Ohio or another state;

           B.    Possession of an age and schooling certificate (GED);

           C.    a bodily or mental condition that prohibits attendance or

           D.    participation in a home instruction program.

4.       If a habitually absent student does not appear at a hearing before the
          Superintendent or designee, or if the student does not convince the
          Superintendent or designee that the absences were legitimate, the
          Superintendent must notify the registrar of motor vehicles and the juvenile judge. 
          Such notification must be given to the registrar and the juvenile judge within two
          weeks of the receipt of the information regarding habitual absences or, if the
          hearing for the student is held, within two weeks after the hearing.
 
           Notification to the registrar of motor vehicles and the county judge must comply
           with State and Federal law.

           The registrar of motor vehicles is required to suspend the temporary instruction
           permit of driver’s license of the student who is the subject of the notice. If a
           temporary permit or license has not been issued for that student, the registrar is
           prohibited from issuing a temporary permit or a license.

1 of 2

Back To Top

File:  JED-R

            Denial of privileges remains in effect until the student reaches age 18 or until
            the denial is terminated for another reason allowed by State law. In accordance
            with State law, a student whose driving privileges have been denied can file a
            petition seeking their reinstatement.

(Approved date:  October 21, 2004)

2 of 2

Back To Top

File: JED-E

MIAMISBURG CITY SCHOOLS
"OUT OF SCHOOL MAKE-UP WORK FORM"

Pursuant to the Compulsory Attendance Law as defined by the Ohio Revised Code, all students enrolled in the District will be expected to attend school daily and attend all scheduled classes for the time period designated as the “school year” by the District. The District believes there is a direct correlation between a student’s academic success and attendance.  Frequent absences from school disrupt the educational process and as a result, the benefit of regular classroom instruction is diminished.

When a student knows he or she is going to be out from school they will be required to use the “out of school make-up work form” to inform the teachers of his or her absence.  If teachers are able to get the work together prior to the student being out, students can take the work with them.  If teachers are not able to gather the work ahead of time, the student will be presented with the work upon their return. There may be some classroom or laboratory work which, due to its nature, may not be able to be made up.  When this issue arises, an alternative assignment may be given in place of this classroom or laboratory work.  The number of consecutive days of absences, excused and unexcused, plus one day, equals the time allocated for make-up of missed work.  The obligations for approaching his/her teacher for make-up tests, quizzes, assignments and homework is solely the student’s.  Failure to complete make-up work in the prescribed number of days or within the period of time mutually agreed upon by the teacher and student (in special cases) will result in the loss of credit for the make-up work. 

__________________________________________________________________


To The Teacher(s) Of:__________________________________________


The above mentioned student will be absent from your class from _______________

to _______________________.  Please provide this student with missed work either

prior to the absence or after the absence.  Please sign the form in the appropriate

area on the back side of this sheet to verify your recognition that you have been

notified of this absence.

1 of 2

Back To Top

File: JED-E 

Subject/Class Assignment Assignment Given Teacher Signature
   
____ Ahead of Time
____ Upon Return
 
 
     
____ Ahead of Time
____ Upon Return
 
 
     
____ Ahead of Time
____ Upon Return
 
 
     
____ Ahead of Time
____ Upon Return
 
 
     
____ Ahead of Time
____ Upon Return
 
 
     
____ Ahead of Time
____ Upon Return
 
 
     
____ Ahead of Time
____ Upon Return
 
 
     
____ Ahead of Time
____ Upon Return
 
 
     
____ Ahead of Time
____ Upon Return
 
 

Back To Top

File:  JEDA

TRUANCY

The Board endeavors to reduce truancy through cooperation with parents, diligence in investigating the causes of absence and use of strict guidelines in regard to tardiness and unexcused absence.

When the Board determines that a student has been truant and that the parent, guardian or other person having care of a child has failed to ensure the child’s attendance at school, State law authorizes the Board to require the parent to attend a specified educational program.

On the request of the Superintendent, or when it comes to the attention of the school attendance officer or other appropriate officer of the District, the designated officer must investigate any case of supposed truancy within the District and must warn the child, if found truant, and the child’s parent in writing of the legal consequences of being a “habitual” or a “chronic” truant.

A “habitual truant” is any child of compulsory school age who is absent without a legitimate excuse for five or more consecutive school days, seven or more school days in one month or 12 or more school days in a school year.

A “chronic truant” is any child of compulsory school age who is absent without legitimate excuse for seven or more consecutive school days, 10 or more school days in one month or 15 or more school days in a school year.

The parent is required to have the child attend school immediately after notification.  If the parent fails to get the child to attend school, the attendance officer or other appropriate officer, if directed by the Superintendent or the Board, must send notice requiring the child’s parent to attend a parental education program.

For the correction of the “habitually truant” unruly child, the courts may now order the Board to require the child to attend an alternative school if one has been established.

The courts may order the “habitually truant” child not to be absent without legitimate excuse from school for five or more consecutive days, seven or more school days in one school month or 12 or more school days in a school year.

Regarding “habitual truants,” the Board must take as an intervention strategy any appropriate action contained in the Board policy, or the Board may file a complaint in juvenile court jointly against the child and the parent. The complaint must state that the child is an “unruly child” by virtue of being a “habitual truant” and that the child’s parent violated the School Attendance Law.

Regarding “chronic truants,” if the parent fails to get the child to school and the child is considered a “chronic truant,” the Board must file a complaint in the juvenile court jointly against the child and the parent. The complaint must state that the child is a “delinquent child” by virtue of being a “chronic truant,” and that the parent has violated the School Attendance Law.

1 of 2

Back To Top

File:  JEDA

The Board directs the administration to develop intervention strategies that may include the following:

    1.    providing a truancy intervention program for a habitual truant;

    2.    providing counseling for a habitual truant;

    3.    requesting or requiring a parent having control of a habitual truant to attend
           parental involvement programs;

    4.    requesting or requiring a parent of a habitual truant to attend truancy prevention
           mediation programs;

    5.    notification to the registrar of motor vehicles or

    6.    taking appropriate legal action.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:  ORC    3313.663
                                         3321.03-04; 3321.07-09; 3321.22; 3321.38

CROSS REF.:    JED, Student Absences and Excuses

2 of 2

Back To Top

File:  JEDB

STUDENT DISMISSAL PRECAUTIONS

Permission for a student to leave school when school is in session requires approval by the principal or a person specifically designated by him/her to exercise that authority.  In evaluating requests for this permission, he/she gives primary consideration to the best interests of the student and/or public welfare.  Requests are not approved without a parent’s permission.  When a request originates from a person other than the parent(s), the school official in authority contacts the parent(s) to obtain permission.  An exception may be made in the case of the student who is 18 years of age or older, who may make requests on his/her own behalf.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REF.:    ORC    3313.20

CROSS REFS.:    JED, Student Absences and Excuses
                                JEE, Student Attendance Accounting (Missing and Absent Children)

Back To Top

File:  JEE

STUDENT ATTENDANCE ACCOUNTING
(Missing and Absent Children)

The Board believes in the importance of trying to decrease the number of missing children; therefore, efforts are made to identify missing children and to notify the proper adults or agencies.

At the time of initial entry into school, a student shall present to the person in charge of admission an official copy of a birth certificate and copies of those records pertaining to him/her which were maintained by the school which he/she most recently attended.  In lieu of a birth certificate, birth documentation may include:

    1.    a passport or attested transcript thereof filed with a registrar of passports at a
           point of entry of the United States showing the date and place of birth of the
           child;

    2.    an attested transcript of the certificate of birth;

    3.    an attested transcript of the certificate of baptism or other religious record
           showing the date and place of birth of the child;

    4.    an attested transcript of a hospital record showing the date and place of birth of
           the child or

    5.    a birth affidavit.

If the student does not present copies of the required documents, the principal shall call the school from which the student transferred and request the information.  If that district has no record on file of the student or if that district does not send the records within 14 days, the principal shall notify the law enforcement agency having jurisdiction in the area where the student resides of the possibility that the student might be a missing child.

The primary responsibility for supervision of a student resides with his/her parent(s).  The staff provides as much assistance as is reasonable to parents with this responsibility.

Parents must notify the school on the day a student is absent unless previous notification has been given in accordance with school procedure for excused absences.  The principal or his/her designee is also required to notify a student’s parent(s) when the student is absent from school.  The parent(s) or other responsible person shall be notified by telephone or written notice, which is mailed on the same day that the student is absent.  Parents or other responsible persons shall provide the school with their current home and/or work telephone numbers, home addresses and any emergency telephone numbers.

1 of 2

Back To Top

File:  JEE

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    109.65
                                            2901.30
                                            3313.205; 3313.672; 3313.96
                                            3319.321; 3319.322
                                            3321.12
                                            3705.05

CROSS REFS.:    JEC, School Admission
                               JEDB, Student Dismissal Precautions
                               JHF, Student Safety

2 of 2

Back To Top

File:  JEFB

RELEASED TIME FOR RELIGIOUS INSTRUCTION

The Board permits students to be released from school for religious instruction consistent with law.  Absence during the school day for religious instruction is permitted, provided the student’s parents or guardians submit a written request to the building principal.

Regular classroom instruction missed as a result of a student’s absence for religious instruction will not be made up.  The District neither aids, assists or enforces attendance in a religious instruction program, nor discriminates against students who participate in such a program.

Individuals providing religious instruction are not permitted to promote student participation by directly contacting students on school premises or by encouraging students in the program to recruit their friends.  All promotional activities for such instruction must be conducted off school grounds.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    U.S. Const. Amend. I
                               ORC    3321.04
                               OAC    3301-51-13

CROSS REFS.:    IGAC, Teaching About Religion
                                JED, Student Absences and Excuses

Back To Top

File:  JEG

EXCLUSIONS AND EXEMPTIONS FROM SCHOOL ATTENDANCE

A child of compulsory school age residing in the District may be legally excused from public school attendance by:

    1.    holding a full-time age and schooling certificate and being regularly employed;

    2.    receiving approved home education;

    3.    attending a private or parochial school or

    4.    having graduated from an approved high school.

The District may temporarily deny admittance to any student who is otherwise entitled to be admitted to the District if the student has been suspended or expelled from the schools of another district in the state of Ohio or an out-of-state district and if the period of suspension or expulsion has not expired.  The student and parent(s) will have an opportunity for a hearing before the Superintendent/designee to determine the admittance or nonadmittance of the student.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3321.02; 3321.03; 3321.04; 3321.07

CROSS REFS.:    IGCF, Home Education
                               JEA, Compulsory Attendance Ages
                               JECE, Student Withdrawal from School (Loss of Driving Privileges)
                               JEGA, Permanent Exclusion
                               JHCC, Communicable Diseases
                               JK, Employment of Students

Back To Top

File:  JEGA

PERMANENT EXCLUSION

The Board may seek the permanent exclusion of a student 16 years of age or older who is either convicted in criminal court or adjudicated delinquent by a juvenile court of any of the following offenses that occur on school grounds or at a school function:

    1.    illegal conveyance or possession of a deadly weapon or dangerous ordnance,
           carrying a concealed weapon, aggravated trafficking, trafficking in drugs,
           trafficking involving the possession of a bulk amount of a controlled substance
           or the sale of a controlled substance and/or

    2.    aggravated murder, murder, voluntary or involuntary manslaughter, felonious or
           aggravated assault, rape, gross sexual imposition or felonious sexual
           penetration, if the victim is a District employee.

In addition, complicity in any of the above acts may be the basis for permanent exclusion.

Any building administrator witnessing, or having knowledge of, one of these acts must report the incident to the Superintendent within 24 hours, whether or not the student is over 16 years of age.

If the Superintendent receives notification that a student has been found guilty of or is adjudicated delinquent for any of the listed offenses, a determination must be made whether the student’s continued attendance endangers the health and safety of other students or employees or whether the student’s attendance poses a danger of disruption to the graded course of study.  If the Superintendent determines that either danger exists, he/she may recommend that the Board adopt a resolution requesting the State Superintendent of Public Instruction to permanently exclude the student from attendance in any Ohio school.  Written notice of the Superintendent’s recommendation for permanent exclusion is provided to the student and his/her parent(s).

The Board acts upon the Superintendent’s recommendation within 14 days.  Among the items the Board considers is information on:

    1.    academic and extracurricular activity record of the student;

    2.    disciplinary record of the student;

    3.    social history of the student;

    4.    response to prior discipline and sanctions;

    5.    seriousness of the offense and any aggravating circumstances;

    6.    any mitigating circumstances;

    7.    evidence regarding the possible danger to other students and employees if the
           student remains in the District;

1 of 3

Back To Top

File:  JEGA

    8.    evidence regarding the probable disruption of the graded course of study and

    9.    availability of less serious sanctions that would permit the student to stay in the
            District without conflict with either (7) or (8).

The Board may allow for the hearing of witnesses and the presentation of additional evidence.

If the Board adopts the resolution to permanently exclude the student, the Board:

    1.    forwards the written resolution, together with the adjudication or conviction and
           a copy of the student’s entire school record, to the State Superintendent;

    2.    promptly designates a representative to present the District’s case for
           permanent exclusion to the State Superintendent and

    3.    forwards a copy of the resolution to the student and his/her parent(s).

If the State Superintendent rejects the resolution, the student shall be re-admitted to the District’s schools.

No employee shall knowingly admit, or cause by inaction to be admitted, any student who has been permanently excluded.

Re-admission

If the Superintendent determines that a permanently excluded student no longer represents either a danger to the health and safety of other students or staff, the Superintendent may recommend the re-admission of the student.

On the recommendation of the Superintendent, the Board considers a resolution requesting the State Superintendent to revoke the permanent exclusion.  If the Board adopts the resolution, it is forwarded to the State Superintendent, together with the reasons for the resolution and any relevant information.

Probationary Admission Following Permanent Exclusion

Under State law, a student permanently excluded from school may request probationary admission for 90 days in any public school district.

If a student requests consideration of probationary admission into this District, the Superintendent may enter into discussions with the student and his/her parent(s) to develop a probationary admission plan designed to meet the educational needs of the child and the disciplinary requirements of the District.

If a satisfactory plan is developed, the Superintendent recommends that the Board allow the student to attend classes according to the terms of the plan.  The Board acts on the recommendation within 14 days.

2 of 3

Back To Top

File:  JEGA

If a student violates the terms of the re-admission plan, the Superintendent may immediately remove the student, pending action by the Board.  The Board’s action must take place within five days from receipt of the Superintendent’s recommendation to revoke the re-admission.

A student in compliance with his/her probationary re-admission plan may request either an extension of the plan for an additional 90 days or for the Superintendent to recommend that the permanent exclusion be revoked.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3313.66; 3313.661; 3313.662

CROSS REFS.:    JFCJ, Weapons in the Schools
                                JGD, Student Suspension
                                JGE, Student Expulsion

3 of 3

Back To Top

File:  JF

STUDENT RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

Students, like all citizens, have civil rights guaranteed by the Constitution of the United States.  The First Amendment, which ensures the freedom of religion, speech, press, assembly and petition, and the Fourteenth Amendment, which guarantees due process and equal protection, apply in school environments.

The rights of an individual are preserved only by the protection and preservation of the rights of others.  A student is responsible for the way rights are exercised and must accept the consequences of actions and recognize the boundaries of rights.  Each exercise of an individual’s rights must demonstrate respect for the rights of others.

These statements set forth the rights of students and the responsibilities which are inseparable from these rights, which include the right to:

    1.    equal educational opportunity and freedom from discrimination and the
           responsibility not to discriminate against others;

    2.    attend free public schools; the responsibility to attend school regularly and to
           observe school rules essential for permitting others to learn at school;

    3.    due process of law with respect to suspension and expulsion;

    4.    free inquiry and expression and the responsibility to observe rules regarding
           these rights and

    5.    privacy, which includes privacy with respect to the student’s school records.

As part of the educational process, students should be made aware of their legal rights and of the legal authority of the Board to make rules and delegate authority to its staff to make rules necessary for the orderly operation of the schools.

A copy of the school discipline code is posted in each of the schools and given to each student.  This code describes in detail the offenses such as truancy, tardiness, property damage, etc., for which disciplinary action may be taken.  Copies of the code are available to any parent in the principal’s office.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    U.S. Const. Amend. I
                               U.S. Const. Amend. XIV, Section 1
                               ORC    3313.20; 3313.66; 3313.661; 3313.662
    
CROSS REFS.:    ABC, Student Involvement in Decision Making (Also JFB)
                                JFC, Student Conduct
                                Student Handbooks

Back To Top

File:  JFA

STUDENT DUE PROCESS RIGHTS

The Board and school officials have the legal authority to deal with disruptive students and student misconduct.  Due process, in the context of administrative proceedings carried out by school authorities, does not mean that the procedures used by the courts in juvenile proceedings must be followed.  The Ohio and Federal Rules of Evidence do not apply.

Students have clearly established means by which administrative due process is available for the protection of his/her rights.

Due process procedures are:

    1.    applied equally to all and

    2.    enforced in a manner which involves:

    A.    adequate and timely notice and opportunity to prepare a defense;

    B.    an opportunity to be heard at a reasonable time and in a meaningful manner
            and

    C.    the right to a speedy and impartial hearing on the merits of the case.

In cases of student suspension or expulsion, the specific due process procedures set by the Board’s policy are followed.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    Chapter 2506
                                            3313.66; 3313.661; 3313.662
                               OAC    3301-35-03(G)(2)(c)

CROSS REFS.:    JB, Equal Educational Opportunities
                                JFC, all subcodes
                                JGD, Student Suspension
                                JGE, Student Expulsion

Back To Top

File:  JFA-R

STUDENT DUE PROCESS RIGHTS

Preparation and Maintenance of Records

    1.    Disciplinary Action - Principals shall maintain written records of all disciplinary
           action for which there were charges and disciplinary action was taken.  These
           records shall be destroyed at the end of each academic year, unless there is
           clear evidence of a misbehavior pattern which needs continued documentation.

Appeal Procedures - Suspension/Expulsion

    1.    Upon receipt of written notice of appeal, the District hearing officer
           (Superintendent or his/her designee) shall schedule a formal hearing to be held:

            A.    within two school days for intended suspension or

            B.    not earlier than three days or later than five days after notice is given for
                    intended expulsion.

    2.    Students will remain out of school during the appeal process.

    3.    All hearings shall be on an informal basis; however, the hearing officer shall
           make all rulings as to whether evidence, oral or written, is admissible and may
           consult with the parties before him/her, before making such rulings.  The
           relevancy and materiality of any evidence and the weight to be given to it shall
           be determined solely by the hearing officer.

    4.    An audio tape recording shall be made of the suspension appeals, expulsion
            hearings and expulsion appeals.

    5.    Suspension appeals, expulsion hearings and expulsion appeals shall be held in
            the Central Administrative Offices (Memorial Building) or Board Meeting Room
            (Neff Building) as designated by the hearing officer.  The student shall be
            present for the hearing.

    6.    The hearing officer shall, within one school day, arrive at a decision and shall
           set forth in writing the findings of fact, conclusion and the nature and duration of
           the suspension or expulsion or lesser form of corrective action or punishment to
           be imposed.

Procedures for Suspension

    1.    Prior to suspension, the principal shall:

            A.    give the student oral notice of the intention to suspend and the reason for
                    the suspension and

            B.    give the student the right, in an informal hearing with the principal, to
                    challenge the reasons for the suspension or to otherwise explain his/her
                    actions.

1 of 3

Back To Top

File:  JFA-R

    2.    If at the conclusion of the informal hearing, the principal determines that the
           student is to be suspended, he/she shall notify the parent(s)/guardian(s) in
           writing of the intention to suspend the student.  Such suspension notice shall
           include:

            A.    the reason(s) for the suspension;

            B.    the right of the student and parent(s) to appeal the suspension, in writing,
                    to the Superintendent/designee for a formal hearing;

           C.    notice that the request for appeal of the intended suspension must be
                   received in writing by the Superintendent/designee within 72 hours of
                   receipt of suspension notice from the principal;

           D.    notice of the right to be represented at the appeal proceedings and

           E.    notice of the right to request that the hearing be held in closed (executive)
                   session.

    3.    Formal hearing with Superintendent/designee

           The Superintendent/designee shall schedule a formal hearing within two school
           days of written receipt of appeal of intended suspension and shall render a
           written decision within one school day following the conclusion of the hearing,
           which decision shall include notice of the right of the student and parent(s) to an
           appeal of the hearing officer’s decision to the Montgomery County Court of
           Common Pleas within 10 calendar days of receipt of decision.

Procedure for Expulsion

    1.    A student may be expelled from school by the Superintendent upon the
           recommendation of the principal.  Before the principal recommends expulsion,
           however, he/she shall, when possible, hold an informal hearing with the student
           and, following such informal hearing, shall summarize in writing the charges, the
           findings of fact and final recommendations, which shall be forwarded promptly
           to the Superintendent.  Prior to the expulsion, the Superintendent shall, within
           one school day:

             A.    Give the student and parent(s)/guardian(s) written notice of the intention to
                     expel the student and the reason for the intended expulsion.

             B.    Notify the student and parent(s)/guardian(s) of his/her right to be
                     represented in a formal hearing with the Superintendent/designee and to
                    challenge the reasons for the expulsion or otherwise explain his/her action.

             C.    Advise the student and parent(s) of the date, time and place of the
                     hearing, which shall be held not earlier that three days or later than five
                     days after notice is given.

2 of 3

Back To Top

File:  JFA-R

    2.    Formal hearing and decision of the Superintendent/designee

           A.    The Superintendent/designee shall render a decision to the
                   Superintendent, who will notify the parent(s)/guardian(s) within one school
                   day following the conclusion of the hearing.

            B.    If the student is to be expelled, the notice to the parent(s)shall include:

                    1)    the reason(s) for the expulsion and

                    2)    the right of the student and parent(s)/guardian(s) to appeal the
                           expulsion by the Superintendent/designee to the Board designee
                           within five calendar days of receipt of the Superintendent’s decision. 
                          Appeal requests shall be made in writing to the Treasurer.

(Approval date:  October 21, 2004)

3 of 3

Back To Top

File:  JFB (Also ABC)

STUDENT INVOLVEMENT IN DECISION MAKING

Students share responsibility for developing a climate in the school which is conducive to learning.  Through participation in the decision-making process, students can be an important resource for the improvement of the school, the educational system and the community.  Periodically, students may be asked to review school policies, rules and regulations.  Final authority for all decisions rests with the Board.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REF.:    OAC    3301-35-03

CROSS REFS.:    BCE, Board Committees
                                BCF, Advisory Committees to the Board
                                JF, Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                JFA, Student Due Process Rights
                                JFC, Student Conduct
                                Student Handbooks

Back To Top

File:  JFC

STUDENT CONDUCT

Students are expected to conduct themselves in such a way that they respect and consider the rights of others.  Students of the District must conform with school regulations and accept directions from authorized school personnel.  The Board will not tolerate violent, disruptive, harassing, intimidating or any other inappropriate behavior by its students.

A student who fails to comply with established school rules or with any reasonable request made by school personnel on school property and/or at school-related events is subject to approved student discipline regulations.  The Superintendent/designee develops regulations which establish strategies ranging from prevention to intervention to address student misbehavior.

Students and parents receive, at the beginning of each school year or upon entering during the year, written information on the rules and regulations to which they are subject while in school or participating in any school-related activity or event.  The information includes the types of conduct which are subject to suspension or expulsion from school or other forms of disciplinary action.  The Board directs the administration to make all students aware of the Student Code of Conduct and the fact that any violations of the Student Code of Conduct are punishable.  The rules also apply to any form of student misconduct directed at a District official or employee or the property of a District official or employee, regardless of where the misconduct occurs.

If a student violates this policy or the Student Code of Conduct, school personnel, students or parents should report the student to the appropriate principal.  The administration cooperates in any prosecution pursuant to the criminal laws of the state of Ohio and local ordinances.

A student may be expelled for up to one year if he/she commits an act that inflicts serious physical harm to persons or property if it was committed at school, on other school property or at a school activity, event or program.

The Superintendent is authorized to expel a student from school for a period not to exceed one year for making a bomb threat to a school building, or to any premises at which a school activity is occurring at the time of the threat.  Any expulsion under this provision extends, as necessary, into the school year following the school year in which the incident that gives rise to the expulsion takes place.

Matters which might lead to a reduction of the expulsion period include:  the student’s mental and/or physical characteristics or conditions, the age of the student and its relevance to the punishment, the prior disciplinary history of the student and/or the intent of the perpetrator.

The Student Code of Conduct is made available to students and parents and is posted in a central location within each building.

1 of  2

Back To Top

File:  JFC

LEGAL REFS.:    Children’s Internet Protection Act; (P.L. 106-554, HR 4577, 2000,
        114 Stat 2763)
                               ORC    3313.20; 3313.534; 3313.66; 3313.661; 3313.662
                               OAC    3301-35-03

CROSS REFS.:    ABC, Student Involvement in Decision Making (Also JFB)
                                EBC, Emergency Plans
                               JFCA, Student Dress Code
                               JFCEA, Gangs
                               JFCJ, Weapons in the Schools
                               JG, all subcodes
                               Student Handbooks

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]
[Revised :  February 17, 2005]

2 of 2

Back To Top

File:  JFCA

STUDENT DRESS CODE

School dress should not threaten the health, welfare and safety of the members of the student body and enhance a positive image of the students and the District.  Any form of dress or grooming which attracts undue attention, prompting a disruption of the learning environment or violating the previous statement, is unacceptable.  

Requirements include the following.

    1.    Dress and grooming standards require cleanliness in the interest of health,
           sanitary conditions and safety requirements.

    2.    When a student is participating in school activities, his/her dress and grooming
           must not disrupt his/her performance or that of other students or constitute a
           health threat to himself/herself or other students.

    3.    Dress and grooming are not such as to disrupt the teaching/learning process

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    U.S. Const. Amend. I
                               ORC    3313.20

CROSS REFS.:    JFC, Student Conduct
                                JFCEA, Gangs
                                Student Handbooks

Back To Top

File:  JFCB

CARE OF SCHOOL PROPERTY BY STUDENTS

Students are responsible for all lost books and books damaged.  The fine for a lost library book or a textbook is the replacement cost of the book, taking into consideration the book’s age and condition.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

Back To Top

File:  JFCC (Also EEACC)

STUDENT CONDUCT ON SCHOOL BUSES

The Board furnishes transportation in compliance with State law.  This fact does not relieve parents of students from the responsibility of supervision until such time as the student boards the bus and after the student leaves the bus at the end of the school day.

Students on a bus are under the authority of, and directly responsible to, the bus driver.  The driver has the authority to enforce the established regulations for bus conduct.  Disorderly conduct or refusal to submit to the authority of the driver is sufficient reason for refusing transportation services or suspending transportation services to any student once proper procedures are followed.

The Board authorizes the Superintendent or other administrators to suspend a student from school bus riding privileges only for a period of up to one school year.  The only due process required is notice to the student of an intended bus riding suspension and an opportunity to appear before the administrator considering the suspension before it happens.  The administrator’s decision is final.

The Board’s policy regarding bus riding privileges must be posted in a central location in each school building and made available to students upon request.

After Board approval, regulations regarding conduct on school buses, as well as general information about the school transportation program, are available to all parents and students.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3327.01; 3327.014
                               OAC    3301-83-08

CROSS REFS.:    JGA, Corporal Punishment
                                Student Handbooks

Back To Top

File:  JFCC-R (Also EEACC-R)

STUDENT CONDUCT ON SCHOOL BUSES

The following regulations pertain to school bus conduct and are intended to ensure the safety and welfare of the students, the bus driver and other drivers on the road and to ensure the safety and proper maintenance of school buses.

Students will:

    1.    be careful in approaching bus stops walk on the left, toward oncoming traffic; be
           sure the road is clear both ways before crossing the highway;
    2.    be on time for the bus in order to permit the bus to follow the time schedule;
    3.    sit in assigned seats; bus drivers have the right to assign a student to a seat in
           the bus and to expect reasonable conduct in a manner similar to that of a
           teacher in a classroom;
    4.    reach assigned seat in the bus without disturbing or crowding other students;
           remain seated while the bus is moving;
    5.    obey the driver promptly and respectfully; realize that he/she has an important
           responsibility and that it is everyone's duty to help;
    6.    keep the bus clean and sanitary; no chewing gum, candy, pop, or ice cream,
           breakable containers or weapons of any kind are permitted on the bus at any
           time;
    7.    not engage in loud talking, laughing or profane and abusive language. 
           Unnecessary confusion diverts the driver's attention and may result in a serious
           accident.  No talking will be permitted while buses are at railroad grade
           crossings;
    8.    keep head, arm and hands inside the bus at all times.  Windows are intended
           for light and ventilation;
    9.    be courteous to fellow students and to the bus drivers and do not engage in
            verbal abuse;
  10.    treat bus equipment as they would treat valuable furniture in their home. 
           Damage to seats and other parts is unnecessary and always costly and
  11.    remain seated until the bus stops to unload, wait for signal from the bus driver
           and then cross the road in front of the bus.  

Riding to school is a privilege and convenience.  The failure of a student to follow these regulations may result in his/her forfeiting the privilege to transportation by school bus.

1 of 3

Back To Top

File:  JFCC-R (Also EEACC-R)

Discipline

When discipline problems with individual students arise, the following procedure should be applied:

    1.    The driver should handle the problem himself/herself, if possible.
    2.    When the driver is unable to solve the problem, he/she should report it to the
            transportation supervisor.  Then, the transportation supervisor and driver, if
            necessary, will confer with the principal.  
    3.    Cases that cannot be solved through the courses outlined above will be referred
            to the Superintendent.
    4.    Students waiting at a school for pickup will be the joint responsibility of the
           administrator of that school and the school the student attends. Students should
           arrive at pickup points no more than 10 minutes prior to scheduled time of the
           arrival of the school bus.
    5.    The bus driver will use the following forms of discipline before referring a
           student to the building administrator.

            A.    Warn student orally of infraction of rules and the possible consequences.

            B.    Assign student to permanent seat.
    
            C.   Confer with building administrator orally regarding the student's discipline
                   problems.

            D.   Driver contacts parent regarding the student’s behavior and solicits their
                   support.

    6.    If the student continues his/her infraction of the rules, the bus driver sends a
           report to the building administrator on the "Bus Conduct Report" form via the
          
transportation supervisor.

            A.    First Written Report: Marked "warning" by bus driver and parent(s),
                    guardian(s) contacted by transportation supervisor via phone or by mail,
                    and copy sent to building administrator.

            B.    Second Written Report: Building administrator contacts
                   parent(s)/guardian(s) by phone, and after appropriate written notice,
                   suspends the student's riding privileges for three days to five school days,
                   or assignment to Saturday School.

           C.    Third Written Report: Building administrator requests conference with
                    parent/guardian, student, bus driver and transportation supervisor, and
                    after appropriate written notice, may suspend the student's riding
                    privileges for 10 school days, or assignment to Saturday School.

2 of 3

Back To Top

File:  JFCC-R (Also EEACC-R)

           D.    Fourth Written Report: Building administrator holds conference with student
                   and parents, and after appropriate written notice, suspends the student's
                   riding privileges for the remainder for the semester or up to 90 school
                   days.

(Approval date:  October 21, 2004)

3 of 3

Back To Top

File:  JFCEA

GANGS

The Board believes gangs or gang activity create an atmosphere where violations of policies, regulations and State laws may occur.  Gangs that initiate, advocate or promote activities which threaten the safety or well-being of persons or which are disruptive to the school environment are not tolerated by the District.

Incidents involving initiations, hazing, intimidation and/or related activities of such group affiliations which are likely to cause bodily danger, physical harm, personal degradation or disgrace resulting in physical or mental harm are prohibited.

The Board directs the administration to establish regulations to ensure that any student wearing, carrying or displaying gang paraphernalia or exhibiting behavior or gestures which symbolize gang membership or causing and/or participating in activities which intimidate or affect the attendance of another student is subject to disciplinary action. This includes all forms and instruments of harassment and bullying including the use of electronic communications devices.

To provide increased awareness of the threat to the safety of students, staff and school property which gang-related activity poses, training is provided by security on an as-needed basis.  Presentations provide training in current identification symbols used by those involved in gang-related activity and include things such as the identification of hand signals, apparel, jewelry and/or any other pertinent gang-related information.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]
[Revised:  February 17, 2005]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC 3313.20; 3313.66; 3313.661

CROSS REFS.:    AC, Nondiscrimination
                                JFC, Student Conduct
                                JFCA, Student Dress Code
                                JFCF, Hazing
                                JGD, Student Suspension
                                JGE, Student Expulsion

Back To Top

File:  JFCF

HAZING AND BULLYING

 

Hazing means doing any act or coercing another, including the victim, to do any act of initiation into any student or other organization that causes or creates a substantial risk of causing mental or physical harm to any person.

Throughout this policy the term bullying is used in place of harassment, intimidation and bullying.

Bullying, harassment and intimidation is an intentional written, verbal, electronic or physical act that a student has exhibited toward another particular student more than once.  The intentional act also includes violence within a dating relationship.  The behavior causes mental or physical harm to the other student and is sufficiently severe, persistent or pervasive that it creates an intimidating, threatening or abusive educational environment for the other student.  This behavior is prohibited on school property, on a school bus or at a school-sponsored activity.  Students found responsible for harassment, intimidation or bullying by an electronic act may be suspended.

Permission, consent or assumption of risk by an individual subjected to hazing, bullying and/or dating violence does not lessen the prohibition contained in this policy.

The District includes, within the health curriculum, age-appropriate instruction in dating violence prevention education in grades 7 to 12.  This instruction includes recognizing warning signs of dating violence and the characteristics of healthy relationships.

Prohibited activities of any type, including those activities engaged in via computer and/or electronic communications devices or electronic means, are inconsistent with the educational process and are prohibited at all times.  The District educates minors about appropriate online behavior, including interacting with other individuals on social networking websites and in chat rooms and cyber bullying awareness and response.

No administrator, teacher or other employee of the District shall encourage, permit, condone or tolerate any hazing and/or bullying activities.  No students, including leaders of student organizations, are permitted to plan, encourage or engage in any hazing and/or bullying.

Administrators, teachers and all other District employees are particularly alert to possible conditions, circumstances or events that might include hazing, bullying and/or dating violence.  If any of the prohibited behaviors are planned or discovered, involved students are informed by the discovering District employee of the prohibition contained in this policy and are required to end all such activities immediately.  All hazing, bullying and/or dating violence incidents are reported immediately to the Superintendent/designee and appropriate discipline is administered.

The Superintendent/designee must provide the Board President with a semiannual written summary of all reported incidents and post the summary on the District’s website, to the extent permitted by law.

The administration provides training on the District's hazing and bullying policy to District employees and volunteers who have direct contact with students.  Additional training is provided to elementary employees in violence and substance abuse prevention and positive youth development.

District employees, students and volunteers have qualified civil immunity for damages arising from reporting an incident of hazing and/or bullying.  Administrators, teachers, other employees and students who fail to abide by this policy may be subject to disciplinary action and may be liable for civil and criminal penalties in compliance with State and Federal law.

No one is permitted to retaliate against an employee or student because he/she files a grievance or assists or participates in an investigation, proceeding or hearing regarding the charge of hazing and/or bullying of an individual.

[Adoption date: March 18, 2010]
[Revised date: October 18, 2012]

LEGAL REFS.:  Children’s Internet Protection Act; 47 USC 254 (h)(5)(b)(iii); 
                             (P.L. 106-554, HR 4577, 2000, 114 Stat 2763)
                                       ORC  117.53
                                       2307.44
                                       2903.31
                                       3301.22
                                       3313.666; 3313.667
                                       3319.073; 3319.321

CROSS REFS.:   AC, Nondiscrimination
                               EDE, Computer/Online Services (Acceptable Use and Internet Safety)
                               IGAE, Health Education
                               IIBH, District Website Publishing
                              JFC, Student Conduct (Zero Tolerance)
                              JFCEA, Gangs
                             JFCK, Use of Electronic Communications Equipment by Students
                             JG, Student Discipline
                             JHG, Reporting Child Abuse
                             JO, Student Records
                             Student Handbooks

NOTE:    The terminology of bullying in this policy also includes harassment and intimidation and is defined as an intentional written, verbal, electronic or physical act that a student has exhibited toward another particular student more than once.  The behavior causes mental or physical harm to the other student and is sufficiently severe, persistent or pervasive that it creates an intimidating, threatening or abusive educational environment for the other student.

Violence within a dating relationship is also included in this prohibition against harassment, intimidation and bullying.

The Children’s Internet Protection Act added a requirement that effective July 1, 2012 all school districts participating in the e-rate program must include language in their Internet safety policy regarding the education of minors concerning appropriate online behavior, including interacting with other individuals on social networking websites and in chat rooms and cyber bullying awareness and response and to develop an educational plan to implement the program.  Helpful resources are available at OnGuardOnline.gov.

HB 116 (The Jessica Logan Act), signed by the Governor on February 2, 2012, requires districts to update Hazing and Bullying policies to include several new requirements by November 2012.  The majority of language changes appear in Ohio Revised Code section 3313.666.

THIS IS A REQUIRED POLICY

 

Back To Top

File:  JFCF-R

HAZING AND BULLYING
(Harassment, Intimidation and Dating Violence)

 

The prohibition against hazing, dating violence, harassment, intimidation or bullying is publicized in student handbooks and in the publications that set the standard of conduct for schools and students in the District.  In addition, information regarding the policy is incorporated into employee handbooks and training materials.

School Personnel Responsibilities and Complaint Procedures

Hazing, bullying behavior and/or dating violence by any student/school personnel in the District is strictly prohibited, and such conduct may result in disciplinary action, including suspension and/or expulsion from school.  Hazing bullying and/or dating violence means any intentional written, verbal, graphic or physical acts, including electronically transmitted acts, either overt or covert, by a student or group of students toward other students/school personnel with the intent to haze, harass, intimidate, injure, threaten, ridicule or humiliate.  Such behaviors are prohibited on or immediately adjacent to school grounds, at any school-sponsored activity; in any District publication; through the use of any District-owned or operated communication tools, including but not limited to District e-mail accounts and/or computers;  on school-provided transportation or at any official school bus stop.

Hazing, bullying and/or dating violence can include many different behaviors.  Examples of conduct that could constitute prohibited behaviors include, but are not limited to:

       1.     physical violence and/or attacks;        

       2.     threats, taunts and intimidation through words and/or gestures;

       3.     extortion, damage or stealing of money and/or possessions;

       4.     exclusion from the peer group or spreading rumors;       

       5.     repetitive and hostile behavior with the intent to harm others through the use of information and communication
               technologies and other web-based/online sites (also known as “cyber bullying”), such as the following:
                          

               A.     posting slurs on websites, social networking sites, blogs or personal online journals;

              B.     sending abusive or threatening e-mails, website postings or comments and instant messages;

              C.     using camera phones to take embarrassing photographs or videos of students and/or distributing or posting
                       the photos or videos online and

              D.     using websites, social networking sites, blogs or personal online journals, e-mails or instant messages to
                       circulate gossip and rumors to other students.
      

       6.     excluding others from an online group by falsely reporting them for inappropriate language to Internet service
               providers.

In evaluating whether conduct constitutes hazing or bullying, special attention is paid to the words chosen or the actions taken, whether such conduct occurred in front of others or was communicated to others, how the perpetrator interacted with the victim and the motivation, either admitted or appropriately inferred.

Teachers and Other School Staff

Teachers and other school staff who witness acts of hazing, bullying and/or dating violence as defined above, promptly notify the building principal/designee of the event observed, and promptly file a written incident report concerning the events witnessed.

Teachers and other school staff who receive student or parent reports of suspected hazing, bullying and/or dating violence promptly notify the building principal/designee of such report(s).  If the report is a formal, written complaint, the complaint is forwarded to the building principal/designee no later than the next school day.  If the report is an informal complaint by a student that is received by a teacher or other professional employee, he/she prepares a written report of the informal complaint that is forwarded to the building principal/designee no later than the next school day.

Complaints

       1.     Formal Complaints

Students and/or their parents or guardians may file reports regarding suspected hazing, harassment, intimidation, bullying and/or dating violence.  The reports should be written.  Such written reports must be reasonably specific including person(s) involved; number of times and places of the alleged conduct; the target of suspected harassment, intimidation and/or bullying and the names of any potential student or staff witnesses.  Such reports may be filed with any school staff member or administrator.  They are promptly forwarded to the building principal/designee for review and action.

 

       2.     Informal Complaints

Students, parents or guardians and school personnel may make informal complaints of conduct that they consider to be harassment, intimidation and/or bullying by verbal report to a teacher, school administrator or other school personnel.  Such informal complaints must be reasonably specific as to the actions giving rise to the suspicion of hazing, harassment, intimidation and/or bullying, including person(s) involved, number of times and places of the alleged conduct, the target of the prohibited behavior(s) and the names of any potential student or staff witness.  The school staff member or administrator who receives the informal complaint promptly documents the complaint in writing, including the above information.  This written report by the school staff member and/or administrator is promptly forwarded to the building principal/designee for review and action.

       3.     Anonymous Complaints

Students who make informal complaints as set forth above may request that their name be maintained in confidence by the school staff member(s) and administrator(s) who receive the complaint.  The anonymous complaint is reviewed and reasonable action is taken to address the situation, to the extent such action (1) does not disclose the source of the complaint, and (2) is consistent with the due process rights of the student(s) alleged to have committed acts of hazing, bullying and/or dating violence.

 

       4.     False Complaints

Students are prohibited from deliberately making false complaints of harassment, intimidation or bullying.  Students found responsible for deliberately making false reports of harassment, intimidation or bullying may be subject to a full range of disciplinary consequences.

Intervention Strategies

       1.     Teachers and Other School Staff

In addition to addressing both informal and formal complaints, school personnel are encouraged to address the issue of hazing, bullying and/or dating violence in other interactions with students.

School personnel may find opportunities to educate students about harassment, hazing, intimidation and bullying and help eliminate such prohibited behaviors through class discussions, counseling and reinforcement of socially appropriate behavior.  School personnel should intervene promptly whenever they observe student conduct that has the purpose or effect of ridiculing, humiliating or intimidating another student/school personnel, even if such conduct does not meet the formal definition of harassment, hazing, intimidation or bullying.

       2.     Administrator Responsibilities
               A.     Investigation

The principal/designee is notified of any formal or informal complaint of suspected harassment, hazing, intimidation or bullying.  Under the direction of the building principal/designee, all such complaints are investigated promptly.  A written report of the investigation is prepared when the investigation is complete. The report includes findings of fact, a determination of whether acts of hazing, bullying and/or dating violence were verified, and when prohibited acts are verified, a recommendation for intervention, including disciplinary action, is included in the report.  Where appropriate, written witness statements are attached to the report.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, when a student making an informal complaint has requested anonymity, the investigation of such complaint is limited as is appropriate in view of the anonymity of the complaint.  Such limitation of the investigation may include restricting action to a simple review of the complaint (with or without discussing it with the alleged perpetrator), subject to receipt of further information and/or the withdrawal by the complaining student of the condition that his/her report be anonymous.

       B.     Nondisciplinary Interventions

When verified acts of hazing, bullying and/or dating violence are identified early and/or when such verified acts do not reasonably require a disciplinary response, students may be counseled as to the definition of the behavior, its prohibition and their duty to avoid any conduct that could be considered harassing, hazing, intimidating and/or bullying.  

If a complaint arises out of conflict between students or groups of students, peer mediation may be considered.  Special care, however, is warranted in referring some cases to peer mediation.  A power imbalance may make the process intimidating for the victim and therefore inappropriate.  The victim’s communication and assertiveness skills may be low and could be further eroded by fear resulting from past intimidation and fear of future intimidation.  In such cases, the victim should be given additional support.  Alternatively, peer mediation may be deemed inappropriate to address the concern.

       C.     Disciplinary Interventions

When acts of harassment, intimidation and bullying are verified and a disciplinary response is warranted, students are subject to the full range of disciplinary consequences.  Anonymous complaints that are not otherwise verified, however, cannot provide the basis for disciplinary action. 

In and out-of-school suspension may be imposed only after informing the accused perpetrator of the reasons for the proposed suspension and giving him/her an opportunity to explain the situation.

Expulsion may be imposed only after a hearing before the Board of Education, a committee of the Board or an impartial hearing officer designated by the Board of Education in accordance with Board policy.  This consequence is reserved for serious incidents of harassment, intimidation or bullying and/or when past interventions have not been successful in eliminating prohibited behaviors.

Allegations of criminal misconduct are reported to law enforcement, and suspected child abuse is reported to Child Protective Services, per required timelines.

Report to the Custodial Parent or Guardian of the Perpetrator

If, after investigation, acts of harassment, intimidation and bullying by a specific student are verified, the building principal/designee notifies the custodial parent or guardian of the perpetrator, in writing, of that finding.  If disciplinary consequences are imposed against such student, a description of such discipline is included in such notification.   

Strategies are developed and implemented to protect students from new or additional harassment, intimidation or bullying, and from retaliation following reporting of incidents.

Reports to the Victim and His/Her Custodial Parent or Guardian

If, after investigation, acts of bullying or hazing against a specific student are verified, the building principal/designee notifies the custodial parent/guardian of the victim of the finding.  In providing such notification, care must be taken to respect the statutory privacy rights of the perpetrator. 

Bullying matters, including the identity of both the charging party and the accused, are kept confidential to the extent possible.  Although discipline may be imposed against the accused upon a finding of guilt, retaliation is prohibited.

School administrators shall notify both the custodial parents or guardians of a student who commits acts of harassment, intimidation, bullying and/or dating violence and the custodial parents or guardians of students against whom such acts were committed, and shall allow access to any written reports pertaining to the incident, to the extent permitted by law.

Police and Child Protective Services

In addition to, or instead of, filing a complaint through this policy, a complainant may choose to exercise other options including, but not limited to, filing a complaint with outside agencies or filing a private lawsuit.  Nothing prohibits a complainant from seeking redress under any other provision of the Ohio Revised Code or common law that may apply. 

The District must also investigate incidents of hazing, bullying and/or dating violence for the purpose of determining whether there has been a violation of District policy or regulations, even if law enforcement and/or the public children’s services are also investigating.  All District personnel must cooperate with investigations by outside agencies.

[Adoption date: March 18, 2010]
[Revised date: October 18, 2012]

 NOTE:        THIS IS A REQUIRED REGULATION

Back To Top

File:  JFCG

TOBACCO USE BY STUDENTS

Health professionals have determined that the use of tobacco products can be detrimental to one’s health.  The Board wishes to encourage good health practices among the students of this District.  Therefore, the Board prohibits the smoking, use or possession of tobacco in any form including, but not limited to, cigarettes, cigars, clove cigarettes, chewing tobacco, snuff and any other forms of tobacco by any student in any area under the control of the District or at any activity supervised by any school within the District.  State law prohibits smoking in public buildings and/or the distribution or possession of tobacco products by any person under 18 years of age.

Disciplinary measures taken against students for violations of this policy comply with the requirements of State law and related District policies.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]
[Revised date:    December 21, 2006]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    2927.02
                                            3313.47; 3313.66; 3313.661; 3313.751
                               OAC    3301-35-03
                                            20 USC Section 6082
                               ORC    3794.01 – 3794.09

CROSS REFS.:    JFA, Student Due Process Rights
                                JFC, Student Conduct
                                JGD, Student Suspension
                                JGE, Student Expulsion
                               Student Handbooks

Back To Top

File:  JFCH/JFCI

ALCOHOL USE BY STUDENTS/STUDENT DRUG ABUSE

The Board recognizes its share of the responsibility for the health, welfare and safety of the students who attend the District’s schools.  The Board is concerned about the problems of alcohol and drug abuse and recognizes that illegal or inappropriate use of alcohol, narcotic drugs, depressants or other controlled substances is wrong and harmful and constitutes a hazard to the positive development of all students.

The Board does not permit any student to possess, transmit, conceal, offer for sale, consume, show evidence of having consumed or used any alcoholic beverages, illegal drugs, unprescribed drugs, look-alike drugs or any mind-altering substance while on school grounds or facilities; at school-sponsored events; in other situations under the authority of the District or in school-owned or school-approved vehicles.  Included in this prohibition are any substances represented as a controlled substance, nonalcoholic beers, steroids, tobacco and tobacco products and drug paraphernalia.

The Board wishes to emphasize the following.

    1.    A student is required to obey existing laws on school grounds and while
            involved in school activities.  School authorities have the same responsibility as
            any other citizen to report violations of the law.  The final disposition of any
            problem, however, is determined by the building principal with due
            consideration of the welfare of the student and of any other relevant factors
            involved.

    2.    Discipline is imposed independent of court action.  Students are subject to
            immediate suspension or expulsion proceedings for possession or use of
            illegal drugs or alcoholic beverages.

    3.    Parents and students are given a copy of the standards of conduct and the
           statement of disciplinary sanctions and are notified that compliance with the
           standards of conduct is mandatory.

    4.    If conditions warrant, the administration refers the student for prosecution and
           offers full cooperation in a criminal investigation.

    5.    A reduction in penalty may be considered if the student receives professional
           assistance.  Professional assistance may include but not be limited to an
           alcohol/drug education program; assessment with follow-through based on the
           assessment findings, counseling, out-patient treatment or inpatient treatment. 

The Superintendent establishes and the Board considers for approval detailed procedures for dealing with students who may have a drug or alcohol problem.  These procedures are in compliance with all applicable laws and observed by all staff members.  It is the desire of the Board for students with problems to feel secure enough to ask for help from their teachers or counselors without fear of reprisal.  Confidentiality shall be maintained within the limits of the law.  The long-range welfare of the student is paramount.

1 of 2

Back To Top

File:  JFCH/JFCI

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    2925.01; 2925.37
                                            3313.66; 3313.661
                                            3719.011; 3719.41

CROSS REFS.:    IGAG, Drugs, Alcohol and Tobacco Education
                               JHCD, Administering Medicines to Students
                               Student Code of Conduct
                               Student Handbooks

2 of 2

Back To Top

File:  JFCH-R/JFCI-R

ALCOHOL USE BY STUDENTS/STUDENT DRUG ABUSE

District employees who have reason to believe that a student’s behavior is inappropriate and that may be caused by the use of mood altering chemicals (drugs or alcohol) shall notify the principal or assistant principal, who will determine if the student is currently under the influence of drugs or alcohol.

The principal or assistant principal, upon learning of the alleged abuse, shall follow these procedures:
    1.    If the principal or assistant principal determines that the student is under the
           influence of drugs or alcohol, he/she shall take appropriate intervention and
          disciplinary action as outlined below.

    2.   If the principal or assistant principal determines that the student is not under the
          influence of drugs or alcohol, but that the student exhibits symptoms of chemical
          abuse or dependency, he/she shall gather additional information from the
          student’s teacher(s), counselor and other staff members who can verify the
          symptoms or behaviors associated with chemical abuse or dependency.

    3.   If the principal or assistant principal, after reviewing the information from all
          sources, determines that chemical abuse or dependency may be possible,
          he/she shall arrange a conference including, but not limited to the:

            A.    student;

            B.    parent(s)/ guardian(s);

            C.    nurse;

            D.    counselor or

            E.    other staff.

    4.    Prior to the conference in Section 3 above, the principal or assistant principal
           will ask the parent(s)/guardian(s) to complete a “Chemical Use Family
          Questionnaire;”

    5.    Following the conference, and if chemical abuse or dependency is suspected,
           the principal or assistant principal will ask the student, with the permission of
           his/her parent(s) guardian(s), to voluntarily submit to a professional evaluation
           by a trained chemical dependency counselor and a licensed physician trained
           in chemical dependency.  The professional evaluation source, however, shall be
           approved by the principal or assistant principal.  Costs for the evaluation shall
           be borne by the student and his/her parent(s) /guardians(s).

1 of 4

Back To Top

File:  JFCH-R/JFCI-R

    6.   If the professional evaluation indicates chemical abuse or dependency, the
          following treatment options – singular or in tandem – shall be available to the
          student and his/her parent(s)/guardian(s):

           A.    family education;

           B.    out-patient treatment;

           C.    in-patient treatment or

           D.    assignment to an in-school support group.

Sanctions and Incentives for Self-Improvement

Sanctions for student use, sale, possession, distribution or being under the influence of alcohol or drugs shall conform to the sanctions mandated, except the sanctions shall be reduced as follows* if the student and his/her parent(s)/guardian(s) agree that the student shall voluntarily submit to a professional evaluation and completion of recommended treatment as outlined above.

Alcohol/Drugs/Narcotics

    1.    Use, Possession, Distribution or Under Influence
           First Offense:  Ten days out-of-school suspension or expulsion.  The student
           shall voluntarily submit to a professional evaluation and completion of
           recommended treatment.

    2.   Sale or Distribution
          First Offense:  Expulsion

Counterfeit Controlled Substances or Look-Alike Drugs:  Possession, Use, Under Influence, Sale or Distribution

Definitions of Counterfeit Controlled Substances or Look-Alike Drugs

    1.    Counterfeit controlled substances mean look-alike drugs or over-the-counter
           drugs which are stimulants or depressants.

            A.    Look-alike drugs are products which mimic prescription drugs as to
                    physical and psychological effects:  i.e., amphetamines, methaquolone
                    (Quaaludes) or cocaine and contain one or more of the following
                    nonprescription stimulants – caffeine, phenylpropanalomine (PPA),
                    ephedrine or antihistamines.

           B.    Over-the-counter drugs are products used as stimulants and depressants
                   and which are marked as diet aids, “pep” pills or sleep aids.

2 of 4

Back To Top

File:  JFCH-R/JFCI-R

    2.    Counterfeit controlled substance also means any of the following:

            A.    Any unmarked or unlabeled substance which is represented to be a
                    controlled substance distributed by a person other than the person(s) who
                    manufactured, processed, packaged or distributed it.
            B.    Any substance that is represented to be a controlled substance but is not a
                    controlled substance or is a different controlled substance.
            C.    Any substance other than a controlled substance that a reasonable person
                    would believe to be a controlled substance because of its similarity in
                    shape, size and color, or its markings, labeling, packaging, distribution or
                    the price for which it is sold or offered for sale.

Student Sanctions

Possession, use, being under influence, sale or distribution of counterfeit controlled substances or look-alike drugs by students on school premises or off school premises at any school-sponsored activity shall result in the same sanctions as for controlled substances specified by offense #9 of Elementary and #8 of Secondary School Sanctions.

Criminal Penalties Established by Law for Possession, Sale, Distribution or Representation of Counterfeit Controlled Substances as Controlled Substances

The Ohio Revised Code, Section 2925.37 establishes the following penalties:
    1.    Possession – misdemeanor of the first degree.
    2.    Sale or distribution – felony of fourth degree, age 18 or over; to person under
           age of 18 – felony of third degree.
    3.    Represent a counterfeit controlled substance as a controlled substance by
           describing its effects as the physical or psychological effects associated with
           use of a controlled substance – felony of third degree.

This policy shall not be applicable to over-the-counter stimulants or depressants prescribed by a physician.

The provisions of policy JHCD, Administering Medicines to Students, and Administrative Procedures shall be applicable to administration of oral medication (over-the-counter drugs), and parent(s)/guardian(s) and physician shall be required to complete the forms:  Physician’s Request and Parent Release for the Administration of Oral Medication at School (JHCD-E)

Notification to and Awareness by Students of Ohio Revised Code Definitions, Prescriptions and Related Penalties.

    1.    In accordance with Ohio Revised Code, Section 2925.37, Section 3, each
           building principal shall be responsible for implementing a program in each
           school to explain the foregoing provisions of this policy to all students in their
           schools.  This program shall be conducted annually in each school during the
           first two days of school.

3 of 4

Back To Top

File:  JFCH-R/JFCI-R

     2.    Provisions for notification and student awareness shall include:

            A.    notification to and discussion by each homeroom or rollroom teacher with
                    all students assigned to that class of the content of this policy in a manner
                    appropriate to the age and level of understanding of students and
            B.    posting of summary of policy content on the bulletin boards of all
                    homerooms or rollrooms by teachers in grades 5-12.

SUMMARY:    Counterfeit Controlled Substances or Look-Alike Drugs

    1.    Unlawful Possession, Use Sale or Distribution
            State law makes it unlawful for students to possess, use, sell or distribute
            look-alike drugs or over-the-counter stimulant or depressant substances.
    2.    Board Policy Sanctions
           District policy prohibits students from possessing, using, being under the
           influence of, selling or distributing counterfeit controlled substances, look-alike
           drugs or over-the-counter stimulants and depressants.
           The sanctions are the same as for the controlled substance (i.e., marijuana,
           Quaaludes, amphetamines) and range from parent(s)/guardian(s) conference to
           expulsion for elementary students and from suspension to expulsion for
           secondary students.
    3.    Definitions
            •    Look-alike drugs are those which mimic the physical and psychological
                 effects of prescription drugs.
            •    Over-the-counter drugs are those stimulants or depressants contained in
                 diet pills, “pep” pills or sleeping pills.
    4.    Criminal Penalties
           Criminal penalties range from misdemeanor of the first degree for possession,
            to felony of third degree for representing a counterfeit substance as a controlled
            substance.

Release by Physician and Parent for Administration of Over-the-Counter Drugs

Over-the-counter stimulants or depressants may be administered to students at school only upon the signed permission of parents and a physician, Administering Medicines to Students, applicable to all oral medication.

(Approval date:  October 21, 2004)

4 of 4

Back To Top

File:  JFCJ

WEAPONS IN THE SCHOOLS

The Board is committed to providing the students of the District with an educational environment which is free of the dangers of firearms, knives and other dangerous weapons.

The definition of a firearm is any weapon (including a starter gun) which is designed to or may readily be converted to expel a projectile by the action of an explosive; the frame or receiver of any such weapon; any firearm muffler or firearm silencer or any destructive device (as defined in 18 USCA, Section 921), which includes any explosive, incendiary or poisonous gas, bomb, grenade, rocket having a propellant charge of more than four ounces, missile having an explosive or incendiary charge of more than one-quarter ounce, mine or device similar to any of the
devices described above.

Unless a student is permanently excluded, the Superintendent shall expel a student from school for a period of one year for bringing a firearm or a knife to a school operated by the Board or onto any other property owned or controlled by the Board, except that the Superintendent may reduce this requirement on a case-by-case basis in accordance with this policy.  Any such expulsion shall extend, as necessary, into the school year following the school year in which the incident that gives rise to the expulsion takes place.

The Board authorizes the Superintendent to expel a student from school for a period not to exceed one year for bringing a knife to a school operated by the Board or onto any other property owned or controlled by the Board or for possessing a firearm or knife at a school or on any other property owned or controlled by the Board, which firearm or knife was initially brought onto school property by another person.  The Superintendent is authorized to extend such an expulsion into the school year following the school year in which the incident that gives rise to the expulsion takes place.

Matters which might lead to a reduction of the expulsion period include: an incident involving a disable student when the incident is a manifestation of the disability; the age of the student and its relevance to the punishment; the prior disciplinary history of the student and/or the intent of the perpetrator.

A student may be expelled for up to one year for firearm-related or knife-related incidents occurring off school property while at a school-sponsored interscholastic competition, extracurricular event or other school-sponsored activity.

A student suspended, expelled, removed or permanently excluded from school for misconduct involving a firearm or knife also loses his/her driving privileges.  The District shall notify the county registrar and juvenile judge within two weeks of the suspension, expulsion or permanent exclusion.

The Superintendent is also authorized to expel a student from school for a period not to exceed one year for making a bomb threat to a school building, or to any premises at which a school activity is occurring at the time of the threat.  Any expulsion under this provision extends, as necessary, into the school year following the school year in which the incident that gives rise to the expulsion takes place.

1 of 2

Back To Top

File:  JFCJ

Matters which might lead to a reduction of the expulsion period include: the student’s mental and/or physical characteristics or conditions; the age of the student and its relevance to the punishment, the prior disciplinary history of the student and/or the intent of the perpetrator.

The Board prohibits students from knowingly possessing an object on school premises, in a school or a school building, at a school activity or on a school bus if both of the following apply:

    1.    The object is indistinguishable from a firearm, whether or not the object is
           capable of being fired.

    2.    The person indicates that the person possesses the object and that it is a
           firearm or the person knowingly displays or brandishes the object and indicates 
          
that it is a firearm.

As defined by Ohio law and for purposes of this policy, an “object that is indistinguishable from a firearm” means an object made, constructed or altered so that, to a reasonable person without specialized training in firearms, the object appears to be a firearm.

Students found in violation of number 1 and 2 above may be reported to the local policy authority and may be prosecuted under state criminal statutes, as well as disciplined in accordance with the provisions of the District’s student code of conduct and Ohio law.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    2923.122
                                            3313.66; 3313.661; 3313.662
                                            3321.13
                                            18 USC 921
                                            20 USC 2701 et seq. - Title IX  9001-9005
                                            20 USC 8921

CROSS REFS.:    JEGA, Permanent Exclusion
                                JFC, Student Conduct
                                JGD, Student Suspension
                                JGDA, Emergency Removal of Student
                                JGE, Student Expulsion
                                Student Code of Conduct

2 of 2

Back To Top

File:  JFCK

USE OF ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT BY STUDENTS

Students may be allowed to possess pagers, cellular telephones and other electronic communications devices while on school property or while attending school-sponsored activities on or off school property, as long as these devices are turned off during school hours. Such devices may not be used to harass, intimidate or demean any other student at any time during school hours.

First time violators of this policy are reported to the principal, who confiscates the device and holds it in his/her office until the end of the school day. Additional discipline may be administered as well.  Subsequent violations will result in progressive disciplinary measures and may result in a loss of privilege to possess such devices on school grounds.

The District assumes no liability if these devices are broken, lost or stolen.  Notices of this policy are posted in a central location in every school building and in the student handbooks.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]
[Revised:  February 17, 2005]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3313.20; 3313.753

CROSS REF.:    Student Handbooks

Back To Top

File:  JFCL

UNSAFE SCHOOLS
(Persistently Dangerous Schools)

The Board complies with State and Federal law in adopting a policy on persistently dangerous schools.

Beginning in the 2004-2005 school year, a student attending a “persistently dangerous” school in this District or who becomes a victim of a “violent criminal offense,” “as determined by State law”, anywhere on District “grounds” or during school-sponsored activities is allowed to attend another school in the District that is not persistently dangerous that offers instruction at the student’s grade level. However, there is no transfer option if there is no other school in this District that offers instruction at the student’s grade level.

A “persistently dangerous” school is defined by State law as a school that has two or more violent criminal offenses in or on school grounds, per 100 students, in each of two consecutive school years. In schools with 300 or fewer students enrolled, six or more violent criminal offenses must occur. Likewise, if a school has 1350 or more students enrolled, 27 or more violent criminal offenses must occur in each of two consecutive school years.

“Violent criminal offense” refers to any violent criminal offense set forth and defined in State law as violent in nature.

“As determined by State law” means that the student has been identified as the victim and the perpetrator has pled guilty to, been adjudicated or convicted of a violent criminal offense in an Ohio court.

“Grounds” includes school bus transportation to and from school and school-sponsored activities and designated bus stops.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    The Elementary and Secondary Education Act; 20 USC 1221 et seq.
                               OAC    3301-35-02; 3301-35-04

CROSS REFS.:   JFC, Student Conduct (Zero Tolerance)
                               JFCJ, Weapons in the Schools
                              Student Handbooks

Back To Top

File:  JFE

PREGNANT STUDENTS

The Board affirms the right of a pregnant student to continue her participation in the educational program.

As soon as the pregnancy is medically confirmed, the Board recommends that the student consult with a member of the student personnel staff or the principal to plan her educational program.

With the staff member involved, the student may elect any of the following educational plans or suggest alternatives.

    1.    She may remain in her present school program, with modifications as
           necessary until the birth of her baby is imminent or until her physician states that
           continued participation would be detrimental to her health or that of the baby.

    2.    When information has been obtained from the student’s physician indicating
           that the student is unable to attend school, home-bound instruction is available
           at school expense until her physician states that she is physically able to return
           to school.

    3.    With Board approval, she may temporarily withdraw from school and enroll in an
           approved educational program in which she can continue her education.

Efforts are made to ensure that the educational program of the student is disrupted as little as possible and that she receives health and counseling services, as well as instruction.  Students under the age of 18 are still subject to compulsory education requirements.  Students 18 or older are encouraged to return to school after delivery and complete requirements for graduation.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3321.01; 3321.04

CROSS REF.:    JEA, Compulsory Attendance Ages

Back To Top

File:  JFG

INTERROGATIONS AND SEARCHES

The District has responsibility for the control and management of students during the school day and hours of approved extracurricular activities.  While discharging its responsibility, the administration is to make an effort to protect each student’s rights with respect to interrogations by law enforcement officials.  The administration has developed regulations to be followed in the case of searches and interrogations.

The right to inspect students’ school lockers or articles carried upon their persons and to interrogate an individual student is inherent in the authority granted school boards.  All searches are conducted sparingly and only when such search is reasonably likely to produce tangible results to preserve discipline and good order and the safety and security of persons and their property within the area of the school’s responsibility.

Student lockers are the property of the District, and since random searches have a positive impact on reducing drugs and other criminal activity, it is the policy of the Board to permit the building administrator to search any locker and its contents as the administrator believes necessary.  Such notice will be posted in every building.

The Board directs the Superintendent to authorize the use of dogs trained in detecting the presence of drugs.  The dogs may be used to patrol the school facilities and grounds, including the lockers and parking areas.  Use of dogs may be unannounced and random.  If a trained canine alerts to a particular vehicle, locker or other container, it shall create reasonable suspicion to search that vehicle, locker or container in accordance with this policy.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    U.S. Const. Amend. IV
                               ORC    3313.20

CROSS REF.:    JHG, Reporting Child Abuse

Back To Top

File:  JFG-R

INTERROGATIONS AND SEARCHES

Searches of Student Property by School Personnel

The following rules apply to the search of school property assigned to a specific student (locker, desk, etc.) and the seizure of items in a student’s possession:

    1.    There should be reasonable cause for school authorities to believe that articles
           are kept in the locker, desk or other storage space whose possession
           constitutes a crime or school rule violation.

    2.    General housekeeping inspection of school property may be conducted with
           reasonable notice.

    3.    Illegal items (drugs, weapons, etc.) or other possessions reasonably
           determined to be a threat to the safety or security of the other students may be
           seized by school authorities at any time.

Searches of Student’s Person or Personal Property by School Personnel

Principals and their designees are permitted to search the person and personal property (purse, knapsack, gym bag, book bag, etc.) of a student when there is reason to believe that evidence will be obtained indicating the student’s violation of the law and/or school rules.  The following rules apply in such cases:

    1.    There should be a reasonable cause to believe that the search will result in
           obtaining evidence that indicates the student’s violation of the law and/or school
           rules.

    2,    Searches of person will be conducted by a member of the same sex as the
           student and in the presence of another administrator or staff member.

    3.    Where evidence indicating that a student has violated the law is uncovered, law
           enforcement officials will be notified.

    4.    Strip searches should be discouraged.  A substantially higher degree of
           certainty (more than a reasonable cause) is required prior to conduct such a
           search.  In cases where school officials believe a strip search is necessary, law
           enforcement officials shall be called to conduct the search.

Searches of Student Property by Police

A law enforcement agency is required to produce a warrant prior to conducting any search of a student’s personal property kept on school premises.  When the policy have reason to believe that any item which might pose an immediate threat to the safety or security of others is kept in a student locker, desk or other storage space, searches may be conducted without a previously issued warrant.

1 of 2

Back To Top

File:  JFG-R

Interrogations by Police

The schools have legal custody of students during the school day and during hours of approved extracurricular activities.  It is the responsibility of the school administration to try to protect each student under its control.  Therefore, the following steps shall be taken.

    1.    The questioning of students by law enforcement agencies is limited to situations
            where parental consent has been obtained or the school official has made an
            independent determination that reasonable grounds exist for conducting an
            interrogation during school hours.

    2.    Wherever possible, police officers should contact and/or question students out
           of school.  When it is absolutely necessary for an officer to make a school
           contact with a student, the school authorities, when possible, will bring the
           student to a private room and the contact is made out of the sight of others as
           much as possible.

    3.    The school principal or assistant principal(s) must be notified before a student
            may be questioned in school or taken from a classroom.

    4.    If the police have not contacted the parents, the administration shall make
           reasonable efforts to notify the parent(s) of the student to be interviewed by the
           police.  The parent(s) may be present if they so desire.

    5.    To avoid possible criticism, a school official is to be present when an
           interrogation takes place within the school.

    6.    When the police remove a child from school, the administration will make an
           attempt to notify the parent(s).

    7.    The placement of a School Resource Officer (SRO) in school buildings creates
           a constant presence of the police department in the schools.  This placement
           fosters many student interactions throughout the school day.  In the course of
           these interactions, information may be obtained by the SRO which may give
           cause/need to an immediate investigation of a student(s).  The SRO will make
           every attempt to notify the school administration and parents in a timely manner
           as to the nature and course of the investigation.

    8.    The police/SRO may be notified by the school principal whenever a student is
            involved in any type of criminal activity at school.  When the principal learns of
            this involvement, he/she should notify the School Resource Officer or police
            department in a timely fashion.  The school should not attempt to handle
            matters which are property in the realm of the police department.

(Approval date:  October 21, 2004)

2 of 2

Back To Top

File:  JG

STUDENT DISCIPLINE

Effective discipline, which requires respect for the rights of others, is necessary if all students are to attain a quality education.  The Board delegates to school officials the authority to enforce District policies, regulations and school rules governing student conduct.

A complete statement governing or describing all the relationships and processes involved in student discipline would be very extensive.  The most important part of such a statement would be the relationship of the teacher and the principal in matters of discipline.  Teachers must feel free to consult and work closely with the building principal in dealing with any problem with which the teacher might need guidance.  This working relationship is one key to desirable discipline and a quality instructional environment.

The Board also believes that the teacher-student relationship in the classroom, halls and on school property is important and should be one of mutual respect at all times.  The teacher is recognized as the person in authority at all times in the classroom, halls, buildings, school grounds and at school-related events.

Each case of unsatisfactory behavior by a student is handled individually.  The classroom teacher may take the steps which he/she believes are justified in each case.  If the student does not respond to these measures, the teacher then refers the student to the principal.

In terms of the relationship of the teacher and principal in discipline matters, the Board expects that whenever a discipline problem appears to extend beyond the classroom, the teacher discusses the problem with the principal.  The teacher(s) and the principal work together in attempting to control or correct the problem.

A student’s failure to comply with the requirements for conduct outlined in the student handbooks may result in the student’s being disciplined.  The student may lose all rights to participate in school-related social events or extracurricular activities for a period of time determined by the principal.  Depending on the seriousness of the offense committed by the student, suspension or expulsion may also result.  Discipline is always administered in a reasonable manner.

If several methods of discipline have been used in an effort to solve a problem and it appears necessary, in the judgment of the principal and Superintendent, to discipline or withdraw privileges from a large group, this action may be taken.  Any punishment technique involving an entire class or large group is used only as a last resort.

1 of 2

Back To Top

File:  JG

STUDENT DISCIPLINE

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]
[ Revised date:    June 28, 2007 ]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3313.20; 3313.66; 3313.661; 3313.662
                                           3319.41;  3301.37.10

CROSS REFS.:    ECAB, Vandalism
                                IGD, Cocurricular and Extracurricular Activities
                                JG, all subcodes
                                Student Handbooks
                                Early Childhood Education Program Handbook

2 of 2

Back To Top

File:  JGA

CORPORAL PUNISHMENT

The Ohio Revised Code allows boards of education to ban the use of corporal punishment and this Board does not believe such punishment to be suitable.  Corporal punishment is prohibited and shall not be used as a form of discipline in the District.  The Board expects the administration, faculty and staff to use other forms of discipline, counseling and referral, including communication and meetings with the parents to promote appropriate, positive behavior.

A student who fails to comply with established school rules or with any reasonable request made by school personnel on school property and/or at school-related events is dealt with according to approved student discipline regulations.

Teachers, principals, administrators and classified staff are authorized by law to use, within the scope of their employment, “such amount of force and restraint as is reasonable and necessary to quell a disturbance threatening physical injury to others, to obtain possession of weapons or other dangerous objects, for the purpose of self-defense, or for the protection of persons or property.”

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3313.20
                                           3319.41

CROSS REFS.:    ECAB, Vandalism
                                JG, Student Discipline

                                Student Code of Conduct
                                Student Handbooks

Back To Top

File:  JGB

DETENTION OF STUDENTS

A student may be detained after the regular hour for dismissal.  Parents shall be called, or students shall receive a 24-hour notice.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

Back To Top

File:  JGD

STUDENT SUSPENSION

The Superintendent or designee may suspend a student from school for disciplinary reasons outlined in the Student Code of Conduct.  No period of suspension is for more than 10 school days.  Suspensions may extend beyond the current school year if, at the time a suspension is imposed, fewer than 10 days remain in the school year.  The Superintendent may apply any or all of the period of suspension to the following year.  Suspensions from school shall include denial of admission to or entry upon real or personal property owned and controlled by the District and other such school functions.

The Superintendent may require a student to perform community service in conjunction with or in place of a suspension.  The Superintendent may impose a community service requirement beyond the end of the school year in lieu of applying the suspension into the following school year.  

The guidelines listed below are followed for all out-of-school suspensions.

    1.    The student is informed in writing of the potential suspension and the reasons
            for the proposed action.

    2.    The student is provided an opportunity for an informal hearing to challenge the
            reason for the intended suspension and explain his/her actions.

    3.    An attempt is made to notify the parent(s) or guardian(s) by telephone if a
           suspension is issued.

    4.    Within one school day, a letter is sent to the parent(s) or guardian(s) stating the
           specific reasons for the suspension and including notice of the right to appeal
           such action.

    5.    Notice of this suspension is sent to the:

            A.    Superintendent/hearing officer;

            B.    Treasurer and

           C.    student’s school record (not for inclusion in the permanent record).

    6.    Permanent Exclusion.  If the offense is one for which the District may seek
           permanent exclusion, the notice contains that information.

Prior to appealing, an informal hearing shall be held with the building principal.  Suspension may be appealed to the Superintendent or his/her designee.

1 of 2

Back To Top

File:  JGD

Appeal Procedure

Should a student who is 18 or older or a student’s parent(s) choose to appeal the suspension, he/she must do so in writing within three calendar days of the notice of suspension.  The procedure for such is provided in regulations approved by the Board.  All witnesses are sworn and a verbatim record is kept of the hearing which may be held in executive session at the request of the student or his/her parent(s).  The student may be excluded from school during the appeal process.

Appeal to the Court

Under State law, appeal of the Board’s or its designee’s decision may be made to the Court of Common Pleas within 10 calendar days of receipt of decision.  Notice of appeal must be filed with the Treasurer.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC 3313.66; 3313.661; 3313.662

CROSS REFS.:    IGCI, Community Service
                               JEGA, Permanent Exclusion
                               JFC, Student Conduct
                               JFCEA, Gangs
                               JFCJ, Weapons in the Schools
                               JGE, Student Expulsion

2 of 2

Back To Top

File:  JGDA

EMERGENCY REMOVAL OF STUDENT

If a student’s presence poses a continuing danger to persons or property or an ongoing threat of disrupting the academic process, the Superintendent, principal, assistant principal or personnel employed to direct, supervise or coach a student activity program may remove the student from the premises.  

If either suspension or expulsion is contemplated, a due process hearing is held within three school days after the removal is ordered.  Written notice of the hearing and the reason for removal and any intended disciplinary action is given to the student as soon as practicable prior to the hearing.  The student has the opportunity to appear at an informal hearing before the principal, assistant principal and Superintendent/designee and has the right to challenge the reasons for the removal or otherwise explain his/her actions.  The person who ordered or requested the removal is present at the hearing.  Within one school day of the decision to suspend, written notification is given to the parent(s) of the student and the Treasurer of the Board.  This notice includes the reasons for the suspension and the right of the student or parent(s) to appeal to the Superintendent/designee.

If the Superintendent or principal reinstates a student prior to the hearing for emergency removal, the teacher may request, and is given, written reasons for the reinstatement.  The teacher cannot refuse to reinstate the student.

In an emergency removal, a student can be kept from class until the matter of the alleged misconduct is disposed of either by reinstatement, suspension or expulsion.

In all cases of normal disciplinary procedures in which a student is removed from a curricular or extracurricular activity for less than 24 hours and is not subject to further suspension or expulsion, due process requirements do not apply.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    Chapter 2506
                                            3313.66; 3313.661; 3313.662

CROSS REFS.:    ECAB, Vandalism
                                JFCJ, Weapons in the Schools
                                JGD, Student Suspension
                                JGE, Student Expulsion

Back To Top

File:  JGE

STUDENT EXPULSION

At times, the behavior of a student can be considered so serious as to justify total removal from the educational program for a prolonged period of time.  Actions meriting expulsion are outlined in the Student Code of Conduct.  Only the Superintendent may expel a student.  Expulsion is the removal of a student for more than 10 days, but not more than one year.  An expulsion can extend beyond the end of the school year if there are fewer school days than expulsion days remaining.  The Superintendent may apply any remaining part or all of the period of the expulsion to the following school year.

The Superintendent may require a student to perform community service in conjunction with or in place of an expulsion.  The Board may adopt guidelines to permit the Superintendent to impose a community service requirement beyond the end of the school year in lieu of applying the expulsion into the following school year.

The Superintendent shall give the student and parent(s) written notice of the intended expulsion, including reasons for the intended expulsion.  The student and parent(s) or representative have the opportunity to appear on request before the Superintendent/designee to challenge the action or to otherwise explain the student’s actions.  This notice shall state the time and place to appear, which must not be fewer than three days nor more than five days after the notice is given.

Within 24 hours of the expulsion, the Superintendent shall notify the parent(s) of the student and Treasurer of the Board.

The notice shall include the reasons for the expulsion, the right of the student or parent(s) to appeal to the Board or its designee, the right to be represented at the appeal and the right to request that the hearing be held in executive session.

The Superintendent will initiate expulsion proceedings against a student who has committed an act that warrants expulsion even if the student withdraws from school before the Superintendent has held the hearings or made the decision to expel the student.

Permanent Exclusion

If the offense is one for which the District may seek permanent exclusion, the notice shall contain that information.

Appeal to the Board

A student or a student’s parent(s) may appeal the expulsion by the Superintendent to the Board or its designee.  They may be represented in all such appeal proceedings and are granted a hearing before the Board or its designee.  All witnesses are sworn and a verbatim record is kept of the hearing which may be held in executive session at the request of the student or parent(s).  The student may be excluded from school during the appeal process.

The procedure to pursue such appeal will be in accord with regulations approved by the Board.  Notice of the intent to appeal the Superintendent’s decision must be made in writing within five calendar days of the Superintendent’s decision to expel.  Notice must be filed through the Treasurer’s office.

1 of 2

Back To Top

File:  JGE

Appeal to the Court

Under State law, the decision of the Board/designee may be further appealed to the Court of Common Pleas.

Any student who is expelled from school for more than 20 days or into the following semester or school year is referred to an agency which works towards improving the student’s attitudes and behavior.  The Superintendent provides the student and his/her parent(s) with the names, addresses and telephone numbers of the public and private agencies providing such services.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    ORC    3313.66; 3313.661; 3313.662

CROSS REFS.:    ECAB, Vandalism
                                IGCI, Community Service
                               JEGA, Permanent Exclusion
                               JFCJ, Weapons in the Schools
                               JGD, Student Suspension
                               JGDA, Emergency Removal of Student

2 of 2

Back To Top

File:  JHC

STUDENT HEALTH SERVICES AND REQUIREMENTS

The Board recognizes the responsibility of the schools to help protect the health of students.  The services of a nurse or nurses are available to the District.  The principal is responsible for the administration of the health program in his/her school.

Of necessity, school health services must be limited to the prevention and detection of health problems, referral of problems through parents to the family physicians or community health agencies and emergency care.

Each school shall have on file for each student an emergency medical authorization form providing information from the parent(s) on how they wish the school to proceed in the event of a health emergency involving the student and authorization for the school in case emergency action must be taken.

The Superintendent is authorized to retain services of physicians and/or specialists to make examinations of students as required for the protection of health of students and school employees, with reasonable fees for such examination to be paid by the Board.

Annually, the District will notify parents of physical exams or screenings conducted on students except for vision, hearing or scoliosis.

[Adoption date:  October 21, 2004]

LEGAL REFS.:    The Elementary and Secondary Education Act; 20 USC 1221 et seq.
                               Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act; 29 USC 1181 et seq.
                               42 U.S.C. Sec. 12101 et seq. (1997)
                               20 U. S.C. 1232 g Sec. 1400 6301 et seq.  (1997)
                               29 U.S.C. Sec 794(a)(1988)
                               ORC    3313.50; 3313.67-3313.73
                               OAC    3301-35-04; 3301-35-06

CROSS REFS.:    IGBA, Programs for Students with Disabilities
                         &